diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
204 files changed, 4387 insertions, 3353 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingGuidelines b/Documentation/CodingGuidelines index f45db5b727..390ceece52 100644 --- a/Documentation/CodingGuidelines +++ b/Documentation/CodingGuidelines @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ For shell scripts specifically (not exhaustive): - If you want to find out if a command is available on the user's $PATH, you should use 'type <command>', instead of 'which <command>'. - The output of 'which' is not machine parseable and its exit code + The output of 'which' is not machine parsable and its exit code is not reliable across platforms. - We use POSIX compliant parameter substitutions and avoid bashisms; @@ -91,8 +91,6 @@ For shell scripts specifically (not exhaustive): - No shell arrays. - - No strlen ${#parameter}. - - No pattern replacement ${parameter/pattern/string}. - We use Arithmetic Expansion $(( ... )). @@ -203,7 +201,7 @@ For C programs: . since early 2012 with e1327023ea, we have been using an enum definition whose last element is followed by a comma. This, like an array initializer that ends with a trailing comma, can be used - to reduce the patch noise when adding a new identifer at the end. + to reduce the patch noise when adding a new identifier at the end. . since mid 2017 with cbc0f81d, we have been using designated initializers for struct (e.g. "struct t v = { .val = 'a' };"). diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile index 06d85ad958..59e6ce3a2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/Makefile @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ MAN7_TXT += gitcredentials.txt MAN7_TXT += gitcvs-migration.txt MAN7_TXT += gitdiffcore.txt MAN7_TXT += giteveryday.txt +MAN7_TXT += gitfaq.txt MAN7_TXT += gitglossary.txt MAN7_TXT += gitnamespaces.txt MAN7_TXT += gitremote-helpers.txt @@ -77,6 +78,7 @@ API_DOCS = $(patsubst %.txt,%,$(filter-out technical/api-index-skel.txt technica SP_ARTICLES += $(API_DOCS) TECH_DOCS += MyFirstContribution +TECH_DOCS += MyFirstObjectWalk TECH_DOCS += SubmittingPatches TECH_DOCS += technical/hash-function-transition TECH_DOCS += technical/http-protocol diff --git a/Documentation/MyFirstContribution.txt b/Documentation/MyFirstContribution.txt index 5e9b808f5f..427274df4d 100644 --- a/Documentation/MyFirstContribution.txt +++ b/Documentation/MyFirstContribution.txt @@ -23,6 +23,42 @@ useful additional context: - `Documentation/SubmittingPatches` - `Documentation/howto/new-command.txt` +[[getting-help]] +=== Getting Help + +If you get stuck, you can seek help in the following places. + +==== git@vger.kernel.org + +This is the main Git project mailing list where code reviews, version +announcements, design discussions, and more take place. Those interested in +contributing are welcome to post questions here. The Git list requires +plain-text-only emails and prefers inline and bottom-posting when replying to +mail; you will be CC'd in all replies to you. Optionally, you can subscribe to +the list by sending an email to majordomo@vger.kernel.org with "subscribe git" +in the body. The https://lore.kernel.org/git[archive] of this mailing list is +available to view in a browser. + +==== https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/git-mentoring[git-mentoring@googlegroups.com] + +This mailing list is targeted to new contributors and was created as a place to +post questions and receive answers outside of the public eye of the main list. +Veteran contributors who are especially interested in helping mentor newcomers +are present on the list. In order to avoid search indexers, group membership is +required to view messages; anyone can join and no approval is required. + +==== https://webchat.freenode.net/#git-devel[#git-devel] on Freenode + +This IRC channel is for conversations between Git contributors. If someone is +currently online and knows the answer to your question, you can receive help +in real time. Otherwise, you can read the +https://colabti.org/irclogger/irclogger_logs/git-devel[scrollback] to see +whether someone answered you. IRC does not allow offline private messaging, so +if you try to private message someone and then log out of IRC, they cannot +respond to you. It's better to ask your questions in the channel so that you +can be answered if you disconnect and so that others can learn from the +conversation. + [[getting-started]] == Getting Started @@ -38,6 +74,26 @@ $ git clone https://github.com/git/git git $ cd git ---- +[[dependencies]] +=== Installing Dependencies + +To build Git from source, you need to have a handful of dependencies installed +on your system. For a hint of what's needed, you can take a look at +`INSTALL`, paying close attention to the section about Git's dependencies on +external programs and libraries. That document mentions a way to "test-drive" +our freshly built Git without installing; that's the method we'll be using in +this tutorial. + +Make sure that your environment has everything you need by building your brand +new clone of Git from the above step: + +---- +$ make +---- + +NOTE: The Git build is parallelizable. `-j#` is not included above but you can +use it as you prefer, here and elsewhere. + [[identify-problem]] === Identify Problem to Solve @@ -138,9 +194,6 @@ NOTE: When you are developing the Git project, it's preferred that you use the `DEVELOPER` flag; if there's some reason it doesn't work for you, you can turn it off, but it's a good idea to mention the problem to the mailing list. -NOTE: The Git build is parallelizable. `-j#` is not included above but you can -use it as you prefer, here and elsewhere. - Great, now your new command builds happily on its own. But nobody invokes it. Let's change that. @@ -534,6 +587,28 @@ you want to pass as a parameter something which would usually be interpreted as a flag.) `parse_options()` will terminate parsing when it reaches `--` and give you the rest of the options afterwards, untouched. +Now that you have a usage hint, you can teach Git how to show it in the general +command list shown by `git help git` or `git help -a`, which is generated from +`command-list.txt`. Find the line for 'git-pull' so you can add your 'git-psuh' +line above it in alphabetical order. Now, we can add some attributes about the +command which impacts where it shows up in the aforementioned help commands. The +top of `command-list.txt` shares some information about what each attribute +means; in those help pages, the commands are sorted according to these +attributes. `git psuh` is user-facing, or porcelain - so we will mark it as +"mainporcelain". For "mainporcelain" commands, the comments at the top of +`command-list.txt` indicate we can also optionally add an attribute from another +list; since `git psuh` shows some information about the user's workspace but +doesn't modify anything, let's mark it as "info". Make sure to keep your +attributes in the same style as the rest of `command-list.txt` using spaces to +align and delineate them: + +---- +git-prune-packed plumbingmanipulators +git-psuh mainporcelain info +git-pull mainporcelain remote +git-push mainporcelain remote +---- + Build again. Now, when you run with `-h`, you should see your usage printed and your command terminated before anything else interesting happens. Great! @@ -746,6 +821,14 @@ will automatically run your PRs through the CI even without the permission given but you will not be able to `/submit` your changes until someone allows you to use the tool. +NOTE: You can typically find someone who can `/allow` you on GitGitGadget by +either examining recent pull requests where someone has been granted `/allow` +(https://github.com/gitgitgadget/git/pulls?utf8=%E2%9C%93&q=is%3Apr+is%3Aopen+%22%2Fallow%22[Search: +is:pr is:open "/allow"]), in which case both the author and the person who +granted the `/allow` can now `/allow` you, or by inquiring on the +https://webchat.freenode.net/#git-devel[#git-devel] IRC channel on Freenode +linking your pull request and asking for someone to `/allow` you. + If the CI fails, you can update your changes with `git rebase -i` and push your branch again: @@ -970,7 +1053,7 @@ reviewers the changes you've made that may not be as visible. You will also need to go and find the Message-Id of your previous cover letter. You can either note it when you send the first series, from the output of `git send-email`, or you can look it up on the -https://public-inbox.org/git[mailing list]. Find your cover letter in the +https://lore.kernel.org/git[mailing list]. Find your cover letter in the archives, click on it, then click "permalink" or "raw" to reveal the Message-Id header. It should match: diff --git a/Documentation/MyFirstObjectWalk.txt b/Documentation/MyFirstObjectWalk.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c3f2d1a831 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/MyFirstObjectWalk.txt @@ -0,0 +1,902 @@ += My First Object Walk + +== What's an Object Walk? + +The object walk is a key concept in Git - this is the process that underpins +operations like object transfer and fsck. Beginning from a given commit, the +list of objects is found by walking parent relationships between commits (commit +X based on commit W) and containment relationships between objects (tree Y is +contained within commit X, and blob Z is located within tree Y, giving our +working tree for commit X something like `y/z.txt`). + +A related concept is the revision walk, which is focused on commit objects and +their parent relationships and does not delve into other object types. The +revision walk is used for operations like `git log`. + +=== Related Reading + +- `Documentation/user-manual.txt` under "Hacking Git" contains some coverage of + the revision walker in its various incarnations. +- `revision.h` +- https://eagain.net/articles/git-for-computer-scientists/[Git for Computer Scientists] + gives a good overview of the types of objects in Git and what your object + walk is really describing. + +== Setting Up + +Create a new branch from `master`. + +---- +git checkout -b revwalk origin/master +---- + +We'll put our fiddling into a new command. For fun, let's name it `git walken`. +Open up a new file `builtin/walken.c` and set up the command handler: + +---- +/* + * "git walken" + * + * Part of the "My First Object Walk" tutorial. + */ + +#include "builtin.h" + +int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix) +{ + trace_printf(_("cmd_walken incoming...\n")); + return 0; +} +---- + +NOTE: `trace_printf()` differs from `printf()` in that it can be turned on or +off at runtime. For the purposes of this tutorial, we will write `walken` as +though it is intended for use as a "plumbing" command: that is, a command which +is used primarily in scripts, rather than interactively by humans (a "porcelain" +command). So we will send our debug output to `trace_printf()` instead. When +running, enable trace output by setting the environment variable `GIT_TRACE`. + +Add usage text and `-h` handling, like all subcommands should consistently do +(our test suite will notice and complain if you fail to do so). + +---- +int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix) +{ + const char * const walken_usage[] = { + N_("git walken"), + NULL, + } + struct option options[] = { + OPT_END() + }; + + argc = parse_options(argc, argv, prefix, options, walken_usage, 0); + + ... +} +---- + +Also add the relevant line in `builtin.h` near `cmd_whatchanged()`: + +---- +int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix); +---- + +Include the command in `git.c` in `commands[]` near the entry for `whatchanged`, +maintaining alphabetical ordering: + +---- +{ "walken", cmd_walken, RUN_SETUP }, +---- + +Add it to the `Makefile` near the line for `builtin/worktree.o`: + +---- +BUILTIN_OBJS += builtin/walken.o +---- + +Build and test out your command, without forgetting to ensure the `DEVELOPER` +flag is set, and with `GIT_TRACE` enabled so the debug output can be seen: + +---- +$ echo DEVELOPER=1 >>config.mak +$ make +$ GIT_TRACE=1 ./bin-wrappers/git walken +---- + +NOTE: For a more exhaustive overview of the new command process, take a look at +`Documentation/MyFirstContribution.txt`. + +NOTE: A reference implementation can be found at +https://github.com/nasamuffin/git/tree/revwalk. + +=== `struct rev_cmdline_info` + +The definition of `struct rev_cmdline_info` can be found in `revision.h`. + +This struct is contained within the `rev_info` struct and is used to reflect +parameters provided by the user over the CLI. + +`nr` represents the number of `rev_cmdline_entry` present in the array. + +`alloc` is used by the `ALLOC_GROW` macro. Check `cache.h` - this variable is +used to track the allocated size of the list. + +Per entry, we find: + +`item` is the object provided upon which to base the object walk. Items in Git +can be blobs, trees, commits, or tags. (See `Documentation/gittutorial-2.txt`.) + +`name` is the object ID (OID) of the object - a hex string you may be familiar +with from using Git to organize your source in the past. Check the tutorial +mentioned above towards the top for a discussion of where the OID can come +from. + +`whence` indicates some information about what to do with the parents of the +specified object. We'll explore this flag more later on; take a look at +`Documentation/revisions.txt` to get an idea of what could set the `whence` +value. + +`flags` are used to hint the beginning of the revision walk and are the first +block under the `#include`s in `revision.h`. The most likely ones to be set in +the `rev_cmdline_info` are `UNINTERESTING` and `BOTTOM`, but these same flags +can be used during the walk, as well. + +=== `struct rev_info` + +This one is quite a bit longer, and many fields are only used during the walk +by `revision.c` - not configuration options. Most of the configurable flags in +`struct rev_info` have a mirror in `Documentation/rev-list-options.txt`. It's a +good idea to take some time and read through that document. + +== Basic Commit Walk + +First, let's see if we can replicate the output of `git log --oneline`. We'll +refer back to the implementation frequently to discover norms when performing +an object walk of our own. + +To do so, we'll first find all the commits, in order, which preceded the current +commit. We'll extract the name and subject of the commit from each. + +Ideally, we will also be able to find out which ones are currently at the tip of +various branches. + +=== Setting Up + +Preparing for your object walk has some distinct stages. + +1. Perform default setup for this mode, and others which may be invoked. +2. Check configuration files for relevant settings. +3. Set up the `rev_info` struct. +4. Tweak the initialized `rev_info` to suit the current walk. +5. Prepare the `rev_info` for the walk. +6. Iterate over the objects, processing each one. + +==== Default Setups + +Before examining configuration files which may modify command behavior, set up +default state for switches or options your command may have. If your command +utilizes other Git components, ask them to set up their default states as well. +For instance, `git log` takes advantage of `grep` and `diff` functionality, so +its `init_log_defaults()` sets its own state (`decoration_style`) and asks +`grep` and `diff` to initialize themselves by calling each of their +initialization functions. + +For our first example within `git walken`, we don't intend to use any other +components within Git, and we don't have any configuration to do. However, we +may want to add some later, so for now, we can add an empty placeholder. Create +a new function in `builtin/walken.c`: + +---- +static void init_walken_defaults(void) +{ + /* + * We don't actually need the same components `git log` does; leave this + * empty for now. + */ +} +---- + +Make sure to add a line invoking it inside of `cmd_walken()`. + +---- +int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix) +{ + init_walken_defaults(); +} +---- + +==== Configuring From `.gitconfig` + +Next, we should have a look at any relevant configuration settings (i.e., +settings readable and settable from `git config`). This is done by providing a +callback to `git_config()`; within that callback, you can also invoke methods +from other components you may need that need to intercept these options. Your +callback will be invoked once per each configuration value which Git knows about +(global, local, worktree, etc.). + +Similarly to the default values, we don't have anything to do here yet +ourselves; however, we should call `git_default_config()` if we aren't calling +any other existing config callbacks. + +Add a new function to `builtin/walken.c`: + +---- +static int git_walken_config(const char *var, const char *value, void *cb) +{ + /* + * For now, we don't have any custom configuration, so fall back to + * the default config. + */ + return git_default_config(var, value, cb); +} +---- + +Make sure to invoke `git_config()` with it in your `cmd_walken()`: + +---- +int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix) +{ + ... + + git_config(git_walken_config, NULL); + + ... +} +---- + +==== Setting Up `rev_info` + +Now that we've gathered external configuration and options, it's time to +initialize the `rev_info` object which we will use to perform the walk. This is +typically done by calling `repo_init_revisions()` with the repository you intend +to target, as well as the `prefix` argument of `cmd_walken` and your `rev_info` +struct. + +Add the `struct rev_info` and the `repo_init_revisions()` call: +---- +int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix) +{ + /* This can go wherever you like in your declarations.*/ + struct rev_info rev; + ... + + /* This should go after the git_config() call. */ + repo_init_revisions(the_repository, &rev, prefix); + + ... +} +---- + +==== Tweaking `rev_info` For the Walk + +We're getting close, but we're still not quite ready to go. Now that `rev` is +initialized, we can modify it to fit our needs. This is usually done within a +helper for clarity, so let's add one: + +---- +static void final_rev_info_setup(struct rev_info *rev) +{ + /* + * We want to mimic the appearance of `git log --oneline`, so let's + * force oneline format. + */ + get_commit_format("oneline", rev); + + /* Start our object walk at HEAD. */ + add_head_to_pending(rev); +} +---- + +[NOTE] +==== +Instead of using the shorthand `add_head_to_pending()`, you could do +something like this: +---- + struct setup_revision_opt opt; + + memset(&opt, 0, sizeof(opt)); + opt.def = "HEAD"; + opt.revarg_opt = REVARG_COMMITTISH; + setup_revisions(argc, argv, rev, &opt); +---- +Using a `setup_revision_opt` gives you finer control over your walk's starting +point. +==== + +Then let's invoke `final_rev_info_setup()` after the call to +`repo_init_revisions()`: + +---- +int cmd_walken(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix) +{ + ... + + final_rev_info_setup(&rev); + + ... +} +---- + +Later, we may wish to add more arguments to `final_rev_info_setup()`. But for +now, this is all we need. + +==== Preparing `rev_info` For the Walk + +Now that `rev` is all initialized and configured, we've got one more setup step +before we get rolling. We can do this in a helper, which will both prepare the +`rev_info` for the walk, and perform the walk itself. Let's start the helper +with the call to `prepare_revision_walk()`, which can return an error without +dying on its own: + +---- +static void walken_commit_walk(struct rev_info *rev) +{ + if (prepare_revision_walk(rev)) + die(_("revision walk setup failed")); +} +---- + +NOTE: `die()` prints to `stderr` and exits the program. Since it will print to +`stderr` it's likely to be seen by a human, so we will localize it. + +==== Performing the Walk! + +Finally! We are ready to begin the walk itself. Now we can see that `rev_info` +can also be used as an iterator; we move to the next item in the walk by using +`get_revision()` repeatedly. Add the listed variable declarations at the top and +the walk loop below the `prepare_revision_walk()` call within your +`walken_commit_walk()`: + +---- +static void walken_commit_walk(struct rev_info *rev) +{ + struct commit *commit; + struct strbuf prettybuf = STRBUF_INIT; + + ... + + while ((commit = get_revision(rev))) { + strbuf_reset(&prettybuf); + pp_commit_easy(CMIT_FMT_ONELINE, commit, &prettybuf); + puts(prettybuf.buf); + } + strbuf_release(&prettybuf); +} +---- + +NOTE: `puts()` prints a `char*` to `stdout`. Since this is the part of the +command we expect to be machine-parsed, we're sending it directly to stdout. + +Give it a shot. + +---- +$ make +$ ./bin-wrappers/git walken +---- + +You should see all of the subject lines of all the commits in +your tree's history, in order, ending with the initial commit, "Initial revision +of "git", the information manager from hell". Congratulations! You've written +your first revision walk. You can play with printing some additional fields +from each commit if you're curious; have a look at the functions available in +`commit.h`. + +=== Adding a Filter + +Next, let's try to filter the commits we see based on their author. This is +equivalent to running `git log --author=<pattern>`. We can add a filter by +modifying `rev_info.grep_filter`, which is a `struct grep_opt`. + +First some setup. Add `init_grep_defaults()` to `init_walken_defaults()` and add +`grep_config()` to `git_walken_config()`: + +---- +static void init_walken_defaults(void) +{ + init_grep_defaults(the_repository); +} + +... + +static int git_walken_config(const char *var, const char *value, void *cb) +{ + grep_config(var, value, cb); + return git_default_config(var, value, cb); +} +---- + +Next, we can modify the `grep_filter`. This is done with convenience functions +found in `grep.h`. For fun, we're filtering to only commits from folks using a +`gmail.com` email address - a not-very-precise guess at who may be working on +Git as a hobby. Since we're checking the author, which is a specific line in the +header, we'll use the `append_header_grep_pattern()` helper. We can use +the `enum grep_header_field` to indicate which part of the commit header we want +to search. + +In `final_rev_info_setup()`, add your filter line: + +---- +static void final_rev_info_setup(int argc, const char **argv, + const char *prefix, struct rev_info *rev) +{ + ... + + append_header_grep_pattern(&rev->grep_filter, GREP_HEADER_AUTHOR, + "gmail"); + compile_grep_patterns(&rev->grep_filter); + + ... +} +---- + +`append_header_grep_pattern()` adds your new "gmail" pattern to `rev_info`, but +it won't work unless we compile it with `compile_grep_patterns()`. + +NOTE: If you are using `setup_revisions()` (for example, if you are passing a +`setup_revision_opt` instead of using `add_head_to_pending()`), you don't need +to call `compile_grep_patterns()` because `setup_revisions()` calls it for you. + +NOTE: We could add the same filter via the `append_grep_pattern()` helper if we +wanted to, but `append_header_grep_pattern()` adds the `enum grep_context` and +`enum grep_pat_token` for us. + +=== Changing the Order + +There are a few ways that we can change the order of the commits during a +revision walk. Firstly, we can use the `enum rev_sort_order` to choose from some +typical orderings. + +`topo_order` is the same as `git log --topo-order`: we avoid showing a parent +before all of its children have been shown, and we avoid mixing commits which +are in different lines of history. (`git help log`'s section on `--topo-order` +has a very nice diagram to illustrate this.) + +Let's see what happens when we run with `REV_SORT_BY_COMMIT_DATE` as opposed to +`REV_SORT_BY_AUTHOR_DATE`. Add the following: + +---- +static void final_rev_info_setup(int argc, const char **argv, + const char *prefix, struct rev_info *rev) +{ + ... + + rev->topo_order = 1; + rev->sort_order = REV_SORT_BY_COMMIT_DATE; + + ... +} +---- + +Let's output this into a file so we can easily diff it with the walk sorted by +author date. + +---- +$ make +$ ./bin-wrappers/git walken > commit-date.txt +---- + +Then, let's sort by author date and run it again. + +---- +static void final_rev_info_setup(int argc, const char **argv, + const char *prefix, struct rev_info *rev) +{ + ... + + rev->topo_order = 1; + rev->sort_order = REV_SORT_BY_AUTHOR_DATE; + + ... +} +---- + +---- +$ make +$ ./bin-wrappers/git walken > author-date.txt +---- + +Finally, compare the two. This is a little less helpful without object names or +dates, but hopefully we get the idea. + +---- +$ diff -u commit-date.txt author-date.txt +---- + +This display indicates that commits can be reordered after they're written, for +example with `git rebase`. + +Let's try one more reordering of commits. `rev_info` exposes a `reverse` flag. +Set that flag somewhere inside of `final_rev_info_setup()`: + +---- +static void final_rev_info_setup(int argc, const char **argv, const char *prefix, + struct rev_info *rev) +{ + ... + + rev->reverse = 1; + + ... +} +---- + +Run your walk again and note the difference in order. (If you remove the grep +pattern, you should see the last commit this call gives you as your current +HEAD.) + +== Basic Object Walk + +So far we've been walking only commits. But Git has more types of objects than +that! Let's see if we can walk _all_ objects, and find out some information +about each one. + +We can base our work on an example. `git pack-objects` prepares all kinds of +objects for packing into a bitmap or packfile. The work we are interested in +resides in `builtins/pack-objects.c:get_object_list()`; examination of that +function shows that the all-object walk is being performed by +`traverse_commit_list()` or `traverse_commit_list_filtered()`. Those two +functions reside in `list-objects.c`; examining the source shows that, despite +the name, these functions traverse all kinds of objects. Let's have a look at +the arguments to `traverse_commit_list_filtered()`, which are a superset of the +arguments to the unfiltered version. + +- `struct list_objects_filter_options *filter_options`: This is a struct which + stores a filter-spec as outlined in `Documentation/rev-list-options.txt`. +- `struct rev_info *revs`: This is the `rev_info` used for the walk. +- `show_commit_fn show_commit`: A callback which will be used to handle each + individual commit object. +- `show_object_fn show_object`: A callback which will be used to handle each + non-commit object (so each blob, tree, or tag). +- `void *show_data`: A context buffer which is passed in turn to `show_commit` + and `show_object`. +- `struct oidset *omitted`: A linked-list of object IDs which the provided + filter caused to be omitted. + +It looks like this `traverse_commit_list_filtered()` uses callbacks we provide +instead of needing us to call it repeatedly ourselves. Cool! Let's add the +callbacks first. + +For the sake of this tutorial, we'll simply keep track of how many of each kind +of object we find. At file scope in `builtin/walken.c` add the following +tracking variables: + +---- +static int commit_count; +static int tag_count; +static int blob_count; +static int tree_count; +---- + +Commits are handled by a different callback than other objects; let's do that +one first: + +---- +static void walken_show_commit(struct commit *cmt, void *buf) +{ + commit_count++; +} +---- + +The `cmt` argument is fairly self-explanatory. But it's worth mentioning that +the `buf` argument is actually the context buffer that we can provide to the +traversal calls - `show_data`, which we mentioned a moment ago. + +Since we have the `struct commit` object, we can look at all the same parts that +we looked at in our earlier commit-only walk. For the sake of this tutorial, +though, we'll just increment the commit counter and move on. + +The callback for non-commits is a little different, as we'll need to check +which kind of object we're dealing with: + +---- +static void walken_show_object(struct object *obj, const char *str, void *buf) +{ + switch (obj->type) { + case OBJ_TREE: + tree_count++; + break; + case OBJ_BLOB: + blob_count++; + break; + case OBJ_TAG: + tag_count++; + break; + case OBJ_COMMIT: + BUG("unexpected commit object in walken_show_object\n"); + default: + BUG("unexpected object type %s in walken_show_object\n", + type_name(obj->type)); + } +} +---- + +Again, `obj` is fairly self-explanatory, and we can guess that `buf` is the same +context pointer that `walken_show_commit()` receives: the `show_data` argument +to `traverse_commit_list()` and `traverse_commit_list_filtered()`. Finally, +`str` contains the name of the object, which ends up being something like +`foo.txt` (blob), `bar/baz` (tree), or `v1.2.3` (tag). + +To help assure us that we aren't double-counting commits, we'll include some +complaining if a commit object is routed through our non-commit callback; we'll +also complain if we see an invalid object type. Since those two cases should be +unreachable, and would only change in the event of a semantic change to the Git +codebase, we complain by using `BUG()` - which is a signal to a developer that +the change they made caused unintended consequences, and the rest of the +codebase needs to be updated to understand that change. `BUG()` is not intended +to be seen by the public, so it is not localized. + +Our main object walk implementation is substantially different from our commit +walk implementation, so let's make a new function to perform the object walk. We +can perform setup which is applicable to all objects here, too, to keep separate +from setup which is applicable to commit-only walks. + +We'll start by enabling all types of objects in the `struct rev_info`. We'll +also turn on `tree_blobs_in_commit_order`, which means that we will walk a +commit's tree and everything it points to immediately after we find each commit, +as opposed to waiting for the end and walking through all trees after the commit +history has been discovered. With the appropriate settings configured, we are +ready to call `prepare_revision_walk()`. + +---- +static void walken_object_walk(struct rev_info *rev) +{ + rev->tree_objects = 1; + rev->blob_objects = 1; + rev->tag_objects = 1; + rev->tree_blobs_in_commit_order = 1; + + if (prepare_revision_walk(rev)) + die(_("revision walk setup failed")); + + commit_count = 0; + tag_count = 0; + blob_count = 0; + tree_count = 0; +---- + +Let's start by calling just the unfiltered walk and reporting our counts. +Complete your implementation of `walken_object_walk()`: + +---- + traverse_commit_list(rev, walken_show_commit, walken_show_object, NULL); + + printf("commits %d\nblobs %d\ntags %d\ntrees %d\n", commit_count, + blob_count, tag_count, tree_count); +} +---- + +NOTE: This output is intended to be machine-parsed. Therefore, we are not +sending it to `trace_printf()`, and we are not localizing it - we need scripts +to be able to count on the formatting to be exactly the way it is shown here. +If we were intending this output to be read by humans, we would need to localize +it with `_()`. + +Finally, we'll ask `cmd_walken()` to use the object walk instead. Discussing +command line options is out of scope for this tutorial, so we'll just hardcode +a branch we can change at compile time. Where you call `final_rev_info_setup()` +and `walken_commit_walk()`, instead branch like so: + +---- + if (1) { + add_head_to_pending(&rev); + walken_object_walk(&rev); + } else { + final_rev_info_setup(argc, argv, prefix, &rev); + walken_commit_walk(&rev); + } +---- + +NOTE: For simplicity, we've avoided all the filters and sorts we applied in +`final_rev_info_setup()` and simply added `HEAD` to our pending queue. If you +want, you can certainly use the filters we added before by moving +`final_rev_info_setup()` out of the conditional and removing the call to +`add_head_to_pending()`. + +Now we can try to run our command! It should take noticeably longer than the +commit walk, but an examination of the output will give you an idea why. Your +output should look similar to this example, but with different counts: + +---- +Object walk completed. Found 55733 commits, 100274 blobs, 0 tags, and 104210 trees. +---- + +This makes sense. We have more trees than commits because the Git project has +lots of subdirectories which can change, plus at least one tree per commit. We +have no tags because we started on a commit (`HEAD`) and while tags can point to +commits, commits can't point to tags. + +NOTE: You will have different counts when you run this yourself! The number of +objects grows along with the Git project. + +=== Adding a Filter + +There are a handful of filters that we can apply to the object walk laid out in +`Documentation/rev-list-options.txt`. These filters are typically useful for +operations such as creating packfiles or performing a partial clone. They are +defined in `list-objects-filter-options.h`. For the purposes of this tutorial we +will use the "tree:1" filter, which causes the walk to omit all trees and blobs +which are not directly referenced by commits reachable from the commit in +`pending` when the walk begins. (`pending` is the list of objects which need to +be traversed during a walk; you can imagine a breadth-first tree traversal to +help understand. In our case, that means we omit trees and blobs not directly +referenced by `HEAD` or `HEAD`'s history, because we begin the walk with only +`HEAD` in the `pending` list.) + +First, we'll need to `#include "list-objects-filter-options.h`" and set up the +`struct list_objects_filter_options` at the top of the function. + +---- +static void walken_object_walk(struct rev_info *rev) +{ + struct list_objects_filter_options filter_options = {}; + + ... +---- + +For now, we are not going to track the omitted objects, so we'll replace those +parameters with `NULL`. For the sake of simplicity, we'll add a simple +build-time branch to use our filter or not. Replace the line calling +`traverse_commit_list()` with the following, which will remind us which kind of +walk we've just performed: + +---- + if (0) { + /* Unfiltered: */ + trace_printf(_("Unfiltered object walk.\n")); + traverse_commit_list(rev, walken_show_commit, + walken_show_object, NULL); + } else { + trace_printf( + _("Filtered object walk with filterspec 'tree:1'.\n")); + parse_list_objects_filter(&filter_options, "tree:1"); + + traverse_commit_list_filtered(&filter_options, rev, + walken_show_commit, walken_show_object, NULL, NULL); + } +---- + +`struct list_objects_filter_options` is usually built directly from a command +line argument, so the module provides an easy way to build one from a string. +Even though we aren't taking user input right now, we can still build one with +a hardcoded string using `parse_list_objects_filter()`. + +With the filter spec "tree:1", we are expecting to see _only_ the root tree for +each commit; therefore, the tree object count should be less than or equal to +the number of commits. (For an example of why that's true: `git commit --revert` +points to the same tree object as its grandparent.) + +=== Counting Omitted Objects + +We also have the capability to enumerate all objects which were omitted by a +filter, like with `git log --filter=<spec> --filter-print-omitted`. Asking +`traverse_commit_list_filtered()` to populate the `omitted` list means that our +object walk does not perform any better than an unfiltered object walk; all +reachable objects are walked in order to populate the list. + +First, add the `struct oidset` and related items we will use to iterate it: + +---- +static void walken_object_walk( + ... + + struct oidset omitted; + struct oidset_iter oit; + struct object_id *oid = NULL; + int omitted_count = 0; + oidset_init(&omitted, 0); + + ... +---- + +Modify the call to `traverse_commit_list_filtered()` to include your `omitted` +object: + +---- + ... + + traverse_commit_list_filtered(&filter_options, rev, + walken_show_commit, walken_show_object, NULL, &omitted); + + ... +---- + +Then, after your traversal, the `oidset` traversal is pretty straightforward. +Count all the objects within and modify the print statement: + +---- + /* Count the omitted objects. */ + oidset_iter_init(&omitted, &oit); + + while ((oid = oidset_iter_next(&oit))) + omitted_count++; + + printf("commits %d\nblobs %d\ntags %d\ntrees%d\nomitted %d\n", + commit_count, blob_count, tag_count, tree_count, omitted_count); +---- + +By running your walk with and without the filter, you should find that the total +object count in each case is identical. You can also time each invocation of +the `walken` subcommand, with and without `omitted` being passed in, to confirm +to yourself the runtime impact of tracking all omitted objects. + +=== Changing the Order + +Finally, let's demonstrate that you can also reorder walks of all objects, not +just walks of commits. First, we'll make our handlers chattier - modify +`walken_show_commit()` and `walken_show_object()` to print the object as they +go: + +---- +static void walken_show_commit(struct commit *cmt, void *buf) +{ + trace_printf("commit: %s\n", oid_to_hex(&cmt->object.oid)); + commit_count++; +} + +static void walken_show_object(struct object *obj, const char *str, void *buf) +{ + trace_printf("%s: %s\n", type_name(obj->type), oid_to_hex(&obj->oid)); + + ... +} +---- + +NOTE: Since we will be examining this output directly as humans, we'll use +`trace_printf()` here. Additionally, since this change introduces a significant +number of printed lines, using `trace_printf()` will allow us to easily silence +those lines without having to recompile. + +(Leave the counter increment logic in place.) + +With only that change, run again (but save yourself some scrollback): + +---- +$ GIT_TRACE=1 ./bin-wrappers/git walken | head -n 10 +---- + +Take a look at the top commit with `git show` and the object ID you printed; it +should be the same as the output of `git show HEAD`. + +Next, let's change a setting on our `struct rev_info` within +`walken_object_walk()`. Find where you're changing the other settings on `rev`, +such as `rev->tree_objects` and `rev->tree_blobs_in_commit_order`, and add the +`reverse` setting at the bottom: + +---- + ... + + rev->tree_objects = 1; + rev->blob_objects = 1; + rev->tag_objects = 1; + rev->tree_blobs_in_commit_order = 1; + rev->reverse = 1; + + ... +---- + +Now, run again, but this time, let's grab the last handful of objects instead +of the first handful: + +---- +$ make +$ GIT_TRACE=1 ./bin-wrappers git walken | tail -n 10 +---- + +The last commit object given should have the same OID as the one we saw at the +top before, and running `git show <oid>` with that OID should give you again +the same results as `git show HEAD`. Furthermore, if you run and examine the +first ten lines again (with `head` instead of `tail` like we did before applying +the `reverse` setting), you should see that now the first commit printed is the +initial commit, `e83c5163`. + +== Wrapping Up + +Let's review. In this tutorial, we: + +- Built a commit walk from the ground up +- Enabled a grep filter for that commit walk +- Changed the sort order of that filtered commit walk +- Built an object walk (tags, commits, trees, and blobs) from the ground up +- Learned how to add a filter-spec to an object walk +- Changed the display order of the filtered object walk diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.5.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.5.0.txt index daf4bdb0d7..d6d42f3183 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.5.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.5.0.txt @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Updates in v1.5.0 since v1.4.4 series the repository when that happens. -* Crufts removal +* Cruft removal - We used to say "old commits are retrievable using reflog and 'master@{yesterday}' syntax as long as you haven't run @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Updates in v1.5.0 since v1.4.4 series - The value of i18n.commitencoding in the originating repository is recorded in the commit object on the "encoding" header, if it is not UTF-8. git-log and friends notice this, - and reencodes the message to the log output encoding when + and re-encodes the message to the log output encoding when displaying, if they are different. The log output encoding is determined by "git log --encoding=<encoding>", i18n.logoutputencoding configuration, or i18n.commitencoding diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.2.txt index ad060f4f89..980adfb315 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.2.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.2.txt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ push running this release will issue a big warning when the configuration variable is missing. Please refer to: http://git.or.cz/gitwiki/GitFaq#non-bare - http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.version-control.git/107758/focus=108007 + https://lore.kernel.org/git/7vbptlsuyv.fsf@gitster.siamese.dyndns.org/ for more details on the reason why this change is needed and the transition plan. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.3.txt index 418c685cf8..4bcff945e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.3.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.3.txt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ push running this release will issue a big warning when the configuration variable is missing. Please refer to: http://git.or.cz/gitwiki/GitFaq#non-bare - http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.version-control.git/107758/focus=108007 + https://lore.kernel.org/git/7vbptlsuyv.fsf@gitster.siamese.dyndns.org/ for more details on the reason why this change is needed and the transition plan. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.4.txt index 7a904419f7..a2a34b43a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.4.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.4.txt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ push running this release will issue a big warning when the configuration variable is missing. Please refer to: http://git.or.cz/gitwiki/GitFaq#non-bare - http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.version-control.git/107758/focus=108007 + https://lore.kernel.org/git/7vbptlsuyv.fsf@gitster.siamese.dyndns.org/ for more details on the reason why this change is needed and the transition plan. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.5.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.5.4.txt index d3a2a3e712..344333de66 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.5.4.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.5.4.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Fixes since v1.6.5.3 * "git prune-packed" gave progress output even when its standard error is not connected to a terminal; this caused cron jobs that run it to - produce crufts. + produce cruft. * "git pack-objects --all-progress" is an option to ask progress output from write-object phase _if_ progress output were to be produced, and diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.5.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.5.txt index ee141c19ad..6c7f7da7eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.5.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.5.txt @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ push running this release will issue a big warning when the configuration variable is missing. Please refer to: http://git.or.cz/gitwiki/GitFaq#non-bare - http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.version-control.git/107758/focus=108007 + https://lore.kernel.org/git/7vbptlsuyv.fsf@gitster.siamese.dyndns.org/ for more details on the reason why this change is needed and the transition plan. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.6.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.6.txt index c50b59c495..3ed1e01433 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.6.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.6.6.txt @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ users will fare this time. Please refer to: http://git.or.cz/gitwiki/GitFaq#non-bare - http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.version-control.git/107758/focus=108007 + https://lore.kernel.org/git/7vbptlsuyv.fsf@gitster.siamese.dyndns.org/ for more details on the reason why this change is needed and the transition process that already took place so far. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.0.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.0.2.txt index fcb46ca6a4..73ed2b5278 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.0.2.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.0.2.txt @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Fixes since v1.7.0.1 * "git status" in 1.7.0 lacked the optimization we used to have in 1.6.X series to speed up scanning of large working tree. - * "gitweb" did not diagnose parsing errors properly while reading tis configuration + * "gitweb" did not diagnose parsing errors properly while reading its configuration file. And other minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.4.txt index 326670df6e..57597f2bf3 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.4.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.4.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Fixes since v1.7.10.3 * The message file for Swedish translation has been updated a bit. * A name taken from mailmap was copied into an internal buffer - incorrectly and could overun the buffer if it is too long. + incorrectly and could overrun the buffer if it is too long. * A malformed commit object that has a header line chomped in the middle could kill git with a NULL pointer dereference. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.12.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.12.3.txt index ecda427a35..4b822976b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.12.3.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.12.3.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Fixes since v1.7.12.2 its Accept-Encoding header. * "git receive-pack" (the counterpart to "git push") did not give - progress output while processing objects it received to the puser + progress output while processing objects it received to the user when run over the smart-http protocol. * "git status" honored the ignore=dirty settings in .gitmodules but diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.5.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.5.3.txt index 9c03353af2..1d24edcf2f 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.5.3.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.5.3.txt @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Fixes since v1.7.5.2 * "git log --stdin path" with an input that has additional pathspec used to corrupt memory. - * "git send-pack" (hence "git push") over smalt-HTTP protocol could + * "git send-pack" (hence "git push") over smart-HTTP protocol could deadlock when the client side pack-object died early. * Compressed tarball gitweb generates used to be made with the timestamp diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.8.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.8.0.txt index 43883c14f0..63d6e4afa4 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.8.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.8.0.txt @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ to them for details). together, misdetected branches. * "git receive-pack" (the counterpart to "git push") did not give - progress output while processing objects it received to the puser + progress output while processing objects it received to the user when run over the smart-http protocol. * When you misspell the command name you give to the "exec" action in diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.8.4.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.8.4.1.txt index 96090ef599..c257beb114 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.8.4.1.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.8.4.1.txt @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Fixes since v1.8.4 in 1.8.4-rc1). * "git rebase -i" and other scripted commands were feeding a - random, data dependant error message to 'echo' and expecting it + random, data dependent error message to 'echo' and expecting it to come out literally. * Setting the "submodule.<name>.path" variable to the empty diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.8.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.8.4.txt index 02f681b710..255e185af6 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.8.4.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.8.4.txt @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Foreign interfaces, subsystems and ports. credential helper interface from Git.pm. * Update build for Cygwin 1.[57]. Torsten Bögershausen reports that - this is fine with Cygwin 1.7 ($gmane/225824) so let's try moving it + this is fine with Cygwin 1.7 (cf. <51A606A0.5060101@web.de>) so let's try moving it ahead. * The credential helper to talk to keychain on OS X (in contrib/) has diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.3.txt index acc9ebb886..0dfb17c4fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.3.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.3.txt @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Git v2.1.3 Release Notes they are new enough to support the `--output` option. * "git pack-objects" forgot to disable the codepath to generate - object recheability bitmap when it needs to split the resulting + object reachability bitmap when it needs to split the resulting pack. * "gitweb" used deprecated CGI::startfrom, which was removed from diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.10.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.10.0.txt index f4da28ab66..3792b7d03d 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.10.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.10.0.txt @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ notes for details). * One part of "git am" had an oddball helper function that called stuff from outside "his" as opposed to calling what we have "ours", which was not gender-neutral and also inconsistent with the rest of - the system where outside stuff is usuall called "theirs" in + the system where outside stuff is usually called "theirs" in contrast to "ours". * "git blame file" allowed the lineage of lines in the uncommitted, diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.10.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.10.2.txt index c4d4397023..abbd331508 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.10.2.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.10.2.txt @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Fixes since v2.10.1 by refusing to check out a branch that is already checked out in another worktree. However, this also prevented checking out a branch, which is designated as the primary branch of a bare - reopsitory, in a worktree that is connected to the bare + repository, in a worktree that is connected to the bare repository. The check has been corrected to allow it. * "git rebase" immediately after "git clone" failed to find the fork diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.11.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.11.1.txt index 9cd14c8197..7d35cf186d 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.11.1.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.11.1.txt @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Fixes since v2.11 "git difftool --dir-diff" from a subdirectory never worked. This has been fixed. - * "git p4" that tracks multile p4 paths imported a single changelist + * "git p4" that tracks multiple p4 paths imported a single changelist that touches files in these multiple paths as one commit, followed by many empty commits. This has been fixed. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.12.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.12.0.txt index ef8b97da9b..d2f6a83614 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.12.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.12.0.txt @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ notes for details). "git difftool --dir-diff" from a subdirectory never worked. This has been fixed. - * "git p4" that tracks multile p4 paths imported a single changelist + * "git p4" that tracks multiple p4 paths imported a single changelist that touches files in these multiple paths as one commit, followed by many empty commits. This has been fixed. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.13.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.13.0.txt index aa99d4b3ce..2a47b4cb0c 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.13.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.13.0.txt @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ UI, Workflows & Features been changed to enable "--decorate". * The output from "git status --short" has been extended to show - various kinds of dirtyness in submodules differently; instead of to + various kinds of dirtiness in submodules differently; instead of to "M" for modified, 'm' and '?' can be shown to signal changes only to the working tree of the submodule but not the commit that is checked out. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.13.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.13.3.txt index 5d76ad5310..384e4de265 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.13.3.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.13.3.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Fixes since v2.13.2 * The code to pick up and execute command alias definition from the configuration used to switch to the top of the working tree and then come back when the expanded alias was executed, which was - unnecessarilyl complex. Attempt to simplify the logic by using the + unnecessarily complex. Attempt to simplify the logic by using the early-config mechanism that does not chdir around. * "git add -p" were updated in 2.12 timeframe to cope with custom @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Fixes since v2.13.2 * Fix a recent regression to "git rebase -i" and add tests that would have caught it and others. - * An unaligned 32-bit access in pack-bitmap code ahs been corrected. + * An unaligned 32-bit access in pack-bitmap code has been corrected. * Tighten error checks for invalid "git apply" input. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.14.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.14.0.txt index 4246c68ff5..2711a2529d 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.14.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.14.0.txt @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. * Some platforms have ulong that is smaller than time_t, and our historical use of ulong for timestamp would mean they cannot represent some timestamp that the platform allows. Invent a - separate and dedicated timestamp_t (so that we can distingiuish + separate and dedicated timestamp_t (so that we can distinguish timestamps and a vanilla ulongs, which along is already a good move), and then declare uintmax_t is the type to be used as the timestamp_t. @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ notes for details). * The code to pick up and execute command alias definition from the configuration used to switch to the top of the working tree and then come back when the expanded alias was executed, which was - unnecessarilyl complex. Attempt to simplify the logic by using the + unnecessarily complex. Attempt to simplify the logic by using the early-config mechanism that does not chdir around. * Fix configuration codepath to pay proper attention to commondir diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.14.6.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.14.6.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..72b7af6799 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.14.6.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +Git v2.14.6 Release Notes +========================= + +This release addresses the security issues CVE-2019-1348, +CVE-2019-1349, CVE-2019-1350, CVE-2019-1351, CVE-2019-1352, +CVE-2019-1353, CVE-2019-1354, and CVE-2019-1387. + +Fixes since v2.14.5 +------------------- + + * CVE-2019-1348: + The --export-marks option of git fast-import is exposed also via + the in-stream command feature export-marks=... and it allows + overwriting arbitrary paths. + + * CVE-2019-1349: + When submodules are cloned recursively, under certain circumstances + Git could be fooled into using the same Git directory twice. We now + require the directory to be empty. + + * CVE-2019-1350: + Incorrect quoting of command-line arguments allowed remote code + execution during a recursive clone in conjunction with SSH URLs. + + * CVE-2019-1351: + While the only permitted drive letters for physical drives on + Windows are letters of the US-English alphabet, this restriction + does not apply to virtual drives assigned via subst <letter>: + <path>. Git mistook such paths for relative paths, allowing writing + outside of the worktree while cloning. + + * CVE-2019-1352: + Git was unaware of NTFS Alternate Data Streams, allowing files + inside the .git/ directory to be overwritten during a clone. + + * CVE-2019-1353: + When running Git in the Windows Subsystem for Linux (also known as + "WSL") while accessing a working directory on a regular Windows + drive, none of the NTFS protections were active. + + * CVE-2019-1354: + Filenames on Linux/Unix can contain backslashes. On Windows, + backslashes are directory separators. Git did not use to refuse to + write out tracked files with such filenames. + + * CVE-2019-1387: + Recursive clones are currently affected by a vulnerability that is + caused by too-lax validation of submodule names, allowing very + targeted attacks via remote code execution in recursive clones. + +Credit for finding these vulnerabilities goes to Microsoft Security +Response Center, in particular to Nicolas Joly. The `fast-import` +fixes were provided by Jeff King, the other fixes by Johannes +Schindelin with help from Garima Singh. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.15.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.15.4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc241cba34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.15.4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +Git v2.15.4 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.6 to address +the security issues CVE-2019-1348, CVE-2019-1349, CVE-2019-1350, +CVE-2019-1351, CVE-2019-1352, CVE-2019-1353, CVE-2019-1354, and +CVE-2019-1387; see the release notes for that version for details. + +In conjunction with a vulnerability that was fixed in v2.20.2, +`.gitmodules` is no longer allowed to contain entries of the form +`submodule.<name>.update=!command`. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.0.txt index 0c81c5915f..b474781ed8 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.0.txt @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Fixes since v2.15 (merge eef3df5a93 bw/pathspec-match-submodule-boundary later to maint). * Amending commits in git-gui broke the author name that is non-ascii - due to incorrect enconding conversion. + due to incorrect encoding conversion. * Recent update to the submodule configuration code broke "diff-tree" by accidentally stopping to read from the index upfront. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.3.txt index 64a0bcb0d2..f0121a8f2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.3.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.3.txt @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Fixes since v2.16.2 * The http tracing code, often used to debug connection issues, learned to redact potentially sensitive information from its output - so that it can be more safely sharable. + so that it can be more safely shareable. * Crash fix for a corner case where an error codepath tried to unlock what it did not acquire lock on. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.6.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.6.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..438306e60b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.16.6.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Git v2.16.6 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.6 and in +v2.15.4 addressing the security issues CVE-2019-1348, CVE-2019-1349, +CVE-2019-1350, CVE-2019-1351, CVE-2019-1352, CVE-2019-1353, +CVE-2019-1354, and CVE-2019-1387; see the release notes for those +versions for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.0.txt index c2cf891f71..8b17c26033 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.0.txt @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Fixes since v2.16 * The http tracing code, often used to debug connection issues, learned to redact potentially sensitive information from its output - so that it can be more safely sharable. + so that it can be more safely shareable. (merge 8ba18e6fa4 jt/http-redact-cookies later to maint). * Crash fix for a corner case where an error codepath tried to unlock diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a46c94271 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +Git v2.17.3 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.6 and in +v2.15.4 addressing the security issues CVE-2019-1348, CVE-2019-1349, +CVE-2019-1350, CVE-2019-1351, CVE-2019-1352, CVE-2019-1353, +CVE-2019-1354, and CVE-2019-1387; see the release notes for those +versions for details. + +In addition, `git fsck` was taught to identify `.gitmodules` entries +of the form `submodule.<name>.update=!command`, which have been +disallowed in v2.15.4. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7d794ca01a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +Git v2.17.4 Release Notes +========================= + +This release is to address the security issue: CVE-2020-5260 + +Fixes since v2.17.3 +------------------- + + * With a crafted URL that contains a newline in it, the credential + helper machinery can be fooled to give credential information for + a wrong host. The attack has been made impossible by forbidding + a newline character in any value passed via the credential + protocol. + +Credit for finding the vulnerability goes to Felix Wilhelm of Google +Project Zero. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.5.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.5.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2abb821a73 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.17.5.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Git v2.17.5 Release Notes +========================= + +This release is to address a security issue: CVE-2020-11008 + +Fixes since v2.17.4 +------------------- + + * With a crafted URL that contains a newline or empty host, or lacks + a scheme, the credential helper machinery can be fooled into + providing credential information that is not appropriate for the + protocol in use and host being contacted. + + Unlike the vulnerability CVE-2020-5260 fixed in v2.17.4, the + credentials are not for a host of the attacker's choosing; instead, + they are for some unspecified host (based on how the configured + credential helper handles an absent "host" parameter). + + The attack has been made impossible by refusing to work with + under-specified credential patterns. + +Credit for finding the vulnerability goes to Carlo Arenas. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.0.txt index 3ea280cf68..6c8a0e97c1 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.0.txt @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. (merge 00a3da2a13 nd/remove-ignore-env-field later to maint). * Code to find the length to uniquely abbreviate object names based - on packfile content, which is a relatively recent addtion, has been + on packfile content, which is a relatively recent addition, has been optimized to use the same fan-out table. * The mechanism to use parse-options API to automate the command line diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..98b168aade --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Git v2.18.2 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.6, v2.15.4 +and in v2.17.3, addressing the security issues CVE-2019-1348, +CVE-2019-1349, CVE-2019-1350, CVE-2019-1351, CVE-2019-1352, +CVE-2019-1353, CVE-2019-1354, and CVE-2019-1387; see the release notes +for those versions for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..25143f0cec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.18.3 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.4; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e8ef858a00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.18.4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.18.4 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.5; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.0.txt index a06ccf6e2a..891c79b9cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.0.txt @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. * The conversion to pass "the_repository" and then "a_repository" throughout the object access API continues. - * Continuing with the idea to programatically enumerate various + * Continuing with the idea to programmatically enumerate various pieces of data required for command line completion, teach the codebase to report the list of configuration variables subcommands care about to help complete them. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..92d7f89de6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Git v2.19.3 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.6, v2.15.4 +and in v2.17.3, addressing the security issues CVE-2019-1348, +CVE-2019-1349, CVE-2019-1350, CVE-2019-1351, CVE-2019-1352, +CVE-2019-1353, CVE-2019-1354, and CVE-2019-1387; see the release notes +for those versions for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35d0ae561b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.19.4 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.4; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.5.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.5.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..18a4dcbfd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.19.5.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.19.5 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.5; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.0.txt index e71fe3dee1..3dd7e6e1fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.0.txt @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ UI, Workflows & Features alias expansion. * The documentation of "git gc" has been updated to mention that it - is no longer limited to "pruning away crufts" but also updates + is no longer limited to "pruning away cruft" but also updates ancillary files like commit-graph as a part of repository optimization. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8e680cb9fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +Git v2.20.2 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.6, v2.15.4 +and in v2.17.3, addressing the security issues CVE-2019-1348, +CVE-2019-1349, CVE-2019-1350, CVE-2019-1351, CVE-2019-1352, +CVE-2019-1353, CVE-2019-1354, and CVE-2019-1387; see the release notes +for those versions for details. + +The change to disallow `submodule.<name>.update=!command` entries in +`.gitmodules` which was introduced v2.15.4 (and for which v2.17.3 +added explicit fsck checks) fixes the vulnerability in v2.20.x where a +recursive clone followed by a submodule update could execute code +contained within the repository without the user explicitly having +asked for that (CVE-2019-19604). + +Credit for finding this vulnerability goes to Joern Schneeweisz, +credit for the fixes goes to Jonathan Nieder. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6eccd103b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.20.3 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.4; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a9e24e470 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.20.4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.20.4 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.5; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.21.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.21.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b7594151e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.21.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +Git v2.21.1 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.6, v2.15.4, +v2.17.3 and in v2.20.2, addressing the security issues CVE-2019-1348, +CVE-2019-1349, CVE-2019-1350, CVE-2019-1351, CVE-2019-1352, +CVE-2019-1353, CVE-2019-1354, CVE-2019-1387, and CVE-2019-19604; +see the release notes for those versions for details. + +Additionally, this version also includes a couple of fixes for the +Windows-specific quoting of command-line arguments when Git executes +a Unix shell on Windows. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.21.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.21.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0fb83bb53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.21.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.21.2 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.4; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.21.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.21.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ca0aa5c62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.21.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.21.3 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.5; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.22.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.22.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..940a23f0d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.22.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Git v2.22.2 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.6, v2.15.4, +v2.17.3, v2.20.2 and in v2.21.1, addressing the security issues +CVE-2019-1348, CVE-2019-1349, CVE-2019-1350, CVE-2019-1351, +CVE-2019-1352, CVE-2019-1353, CVE-2019-1354, CVE-2019-1387, and +CVE-2019-19604; see the release notes for those versions for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.22.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.22.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..57296f6d17 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.22.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.22.3 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.4; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.22.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.22.4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8b5f3e3f37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.22.4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.22.4 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.5; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.23.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.23.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2083b492ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.23.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Git v2.23.1 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.6, v2.15.4, +v2.17.3, v2.20.2 and in v2.21.1, addressing the security issues +CVE-2019-1348, CVE-2019-1349, CVE-2019-1350, CVE-2019-1351, +CVE-2019-1352, CVE-2019-1353, CVE-2019-1354, CVE-2019-1387, and +CVE-2019-19604; see the release notes for those versions for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.23.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.23.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b697cbe0e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.23.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.23.2 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.4; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.23.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.23.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e35490137 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.23.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.23.3 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.5; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.24.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.24.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..18104850fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.24.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Git v2.24.1 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges up the fixes that appear in v2.14.6, v2.15.4, +v2.17.3, v2.20.2 and in v2.21.1, addressing the security issues +CVE-2019-1348, CVE-2019-1349, CVE-2019-1350, CVE-2019-1351, +CVE-2019-1352, CVE-2019-1353, CVE-2019-1354, CVE-2019-1387, and +CVE-2019-19604; see the release notes for those versions for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.24.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.24.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0049f65503 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.24.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.24.2 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.4; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.24.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.24.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5302e0f73b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.24.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.24.3 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.5; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..91ceb34927 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,370 @@ +Git 2.25 Release Notes +====================== + +Updates since v2.24 +------------------- + +Backward compatibility notes + + +UI, Workflows & Features + + * A tutorial on object enumeration has been added. + + * The branch description ("git branch --edit-description") has been + used to fill the body of the cover letters by the format-patch + command; this has been enhanced so that the subject can also be + filled. + + * "git rebase --preserve-merges" has been marked as deprecated; this + release stops advertising it in the "git rebase -h" output. + + * The code to generate multi-pack index learned to show (or not to + show) progress indicators. + + * "git apply --3way" learned to honor merge.conflictStyle + configuration variable, like merges would. + + * The custom format for "git log --format=<format>" learned the l/L + placeholder that is similar to e/E that fills in the e-mail + address, but only the local part on the left side of '@'. + + * Documentation pages for "git shortlog" now list commit limiting + options explicitly. + + * The patterns to detect function boundary for Elixir language has + been added. + + * The completion script (in contrib/) learned that the "--onto" + option of "git rebase" can take its argument as the value of the + option. + + * The userdiff machinery has been taught that "async def" is another + way to begin a "function" in Python. + + * "git range-diff" learned to take the "--notes=<ref>" and the + "--no-notes" options to control the commit notes included in the + log message that gets compared. + + * "git rev-parse --show-toplevel" run outside of any working tree did + not error out, which has been corrected. + + * A few commands learned to take the pathspec from the standard input + or a named file, instead of taking it as the command line + arguments, with the "--pathspec-from-file" option. + + * "git submodule" learned a subcommand "set-url". + + * "git log" family learned "--pretty=reference" that gives the name + of a commit in the format that is often used to refer to it in log + messages. + + * The interaction between "git clone --recurse-submodules" and + alternate object store was ill-designed. The documentation and + code have been taught to make more clear recommendations when the + users see failures. + + * Management of sparsely checked-out working tree has gained a + dedicated "sparse-checkout" command. + + * Miscellaneous small UX improvements on "git-p4". + + * "git sparse-checkout list" subcommand learned to give its output in + a more concise form when the "cone" mode is in effect. + + +Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. + + * Debugging support for lazy cloning has been a bit improved. + + * Move the definition of a set of bitmask constants from 0ctal + literal to (1U<<count) notation. + + * Test updates to prepare for SHA-2 transition continues. + + * Crufty code and logic accumulated over time around the object + parsing and low-level object access used in "git fsck" have been + cleaned up. + + * The implementation of "git log --graph" got refactored and then its + output got simplified. + + * Follow recent push to move API docs from Documentation/ to header + files and update config.h + + * "git bundle" has been taught to use the parse options API. "git + bundle verify" learned "--quiet" and "git bundle create" learned + options to control the progress output. + + * Handling of commit objects that use non UTF-8 encoding during + "rebase -i" has been improved. + + * The beginning of rewriting "git add -i" in C. + + * A label used in the todo list that are generated by "git rebase + --rebase-merges" is used as a part of a refname; the logic to come + up with the label has been tightened to avoid names that cannot be + used as such. + + * The logic to avoid duplicate label names generated by "git rebase + --rebase-merges" forgot that the machinery itself uses "onto" as a + label name, which must be avoided by auto-generated labels, which + has been corrected. + + * We have had compatibility fallback macro definitions for "PRIuMAX", + "PRIu32", etc. but did not for "PRIdMAX", while the code used the + last one apparently without any hiccup reported recently. The + fallback macro definitions for these <inttypes.h> macros that must + appear in C99 systems have been removed. + + * Recently we have declared that GIT_TEST_* variables take the + usual boolean values (it used to be that some used "non-empty + means true" and taking GIT_TEST_VAR=YesPlease as true); make + sure we notice and fail when non-bool strings are given to + these variables. + + * Users of oneway_merge() (like "reset --hard") learned to take + advantage of fsmonitor to avoid unnecessary lstat(2) calls. + + * Performance tweak on "git push" into a repository with many refs + that point at objects we have never heard of. + + * PerfTest fix to avoid stale result mixed up with the latest round + of test results. + + * Hide lower-level verify_signed-buffer() API as a pure helper to + implement the public check_signature() function, in order to + encourage new callers to use the correct and more strict + validation. + + * Unnecessary reading of state variables back from the disk during + sequencer operation has been reduced. + + * The code has been made to avoid gmtime() and localtime() and prefer + their reentrant counterparts. + + * In a repository with many packfiles, the cost of the procedure that + avoids registering the same packfile twice was unnecessarily high + by using an inefficient search algorithm, which has been corrected. + + * Redo "git name-rev" to avoid recursive calls. + + * FreeBSD CI support via Cirrus-CI has been added. + + +Fixes since v2.24 +----------------- + + * "rebase -i" ceased to run post-commit hook by mistake in an earlier + update, which has been corrected. + + * "git notes copy $original" ought to copy the notes attached to the + original object to HEAD, but a mistaken tightening to command line + parameter validation made earlier disabled that feature by mistake. + + * When all files from some subdirectory were renamed to the root + directory, the directory rename heuristics would fail to detect that + as a rename/merge of the subdirectory to the root directory, which has + been corrected. + + * Code clean-up and a bugfix in the logic used to tell worktree local + and repository global refs apart. + (merge f45f88b2e4 sg/dir-trie-fixes later to maint). + + * "git stash save" in a working tree that is sparsely checked out + mistakenly removed paths that are outside the area of interest. + (merge 4a58c3d7f7 js/update-index-ignore-removal-for-skip-worktree later to maint). + + * "git rev-parse --git-path HEAD.lock" did not give the right path + when run in a secondary worktree. + (merge 76a53d640f js/git-path-head-dot-lock-fix later to maint). + + * "git merge --no-commit" needs "--no-ff" if you do not want to move + HEAD, which has been corrected in the manual page for "git bisect". + (merge 8dd327b246 ma/bisect-doc-sample-update later to maint). + + * "git worktree add" internally calls "reset --hard" that should not + descend into submodules, even when submodule.recurse configuration + is set, but it was affected. This has been corrected. + (merge 4782cf2ab6 pb/no-recursive-reset-hard-in-worktree-add later to maint). + + * Messages from die() etc. can be mixed up from multiple processes + without even line buffering on Windows, which has been worked + around. + (merge 116d1fa6c6 js/vreportf-wo-buffering later to maint). + + * HTTP transport had possible allocator/deallocator mismatch, which + has been corrected. + + * The watchman integration for fsmonitor was racy, which has been + corrected to be more conservative. + (merge dd0b61f577 kw/fsmonitor-watchman-fix later to maint). + + * Fetching from multiple remotes into the same repository in parallel + had a bad interaction with the recent change to (optionally) update + the commit-graph after a fetch job finishes, as these parallel + fetches compete with each other. Which has been corrected. + + * Recent update to "git stash pop" made the command empty the index + when run with the "--quiet" option, which has been corrected. + + * "git fetch" codepath had a big "do not lazily fetch missing objects + when I ask if something exists" switch. This has been corrected by + marking the "does this thing exist?" calls with "if not please do not + lazily fetch it" flag. + + * Test update to avoid wasted cycles. + (merge e0316695ec sg/skip-skipped-prereq later to maint). + + * Error handling after "git push" finishes sending the packdata and + waits for the response to the remote side has been improved. + (merge ad7a403268 jk/send-pack-remote-failure later to maint). + + * Some codepaths in "gitweb" that forgot to escape URLs generated + based on end-user input have been corrected. + (merge a376e37b2c jk/gitweb-anti-xss later to maint). + + * CI jobs for macOS has been made less chatty when updating perforce + package used during testing. + (merge 0dbc4a0edf jc/azure-ci-osx-fix-fix later to maint). + + * "git unpack-objects" used to show progress based only on the number + of received and unpacked objects, which stalled when it has to + handle an unusually large object. It now shows the throughput as + well. + (merge bae60ba7e9 sg/unpack-progress-throughput later to maint). + + * The sequencer machinery compared the HEAD and the state it is + attempting to commit to decide if the result would be a no-op + commit, even when amending a commit, which was incorrect, and + has been corrected. + + * The code to parse GPG output used to assume incorrectly that the + finterprint for the primary key would always be present for a valid + signature, which has been corrected. + (merge 67a6ea6300 hi/gpg-optional-pkfp-fix later to maint). + + * "git submodule status" and "git submodule status --cached" show + different things, but the documentation did not cover them + correctly, which has been corrected. + (merge 8d483c8408 mg/doc-submodule-status-cached later to maint). + + * "git reset --patch $object" without any pathspec should allow a + tree object to be given, but incorrectly required a committish, + which has been corrected. + + * "git submodule status" that is run from a subdirectory of the + superproject did not work well, which has been corrected. + (merge 1f3aea22c7 mg/submodule-status-from-a-subdirectory later to maint). + + * The revision walking machinery uses resources like per-object flag + bits that need to be reset before a new iteration of walking + begins, but the resources related to topological walk were not + cleared correctly, which has been corrected. + (merge 0aa0c2b2ec mh/clear-topo-walk-upon-reset later to maint). + + * TravisCI update. + (merge 176441bfb5 sg/osx-force-gcc-9 later to maint). + + * While running "revert" or "cherry-pick --edit" for multiple + commits, a recent regression incorrectly detected "nothing to + commit, working tree clean", instead of replaying the commits, + which has been corrected. + (merge befd4f6a81 sg/assume-no-todo-update-in-cherry-pick later to maint). + + * Work around a issue where a FD that is left open when spawning a + child process and is kept open in the child can interfere with the + operation in the parent process on Windows. + + * One kind of progress messages were always given during commit-graph + generation, instead of following the "if it takes more than two + seconds, show progress" pattern, which has been corrected. + + * "git rebase" did not work well when format.useAutoBase + configuration variable is set, which has been corrected. + + * The "diff" machinery learned not to lose added/removed blank lines + in the context when --ignore-blank-lines and --function-context are + used at the same time. + (merge 0bb313a552 rs/xdiff-ignore-ws-w-func-context later to maint). + + * The test on "fast-import" used to get stuck when "fast-import" died + in the middle. + (merge 0d9b0d7885 sg/t9300-robustify later to maint). + + * "git format-patch" can take a set of configured format.notes values + to specify which notes refs to use in the log message part of the + output. The behaviour of this was not consistent with multiple + --notes command line options, which has been corrected. + (merge e0f9095aaa dl/format-patch-notes-config-fixup later to maint). + + * "git p4" used to ignore lfs.storage configuration variable, which + has been corrected. + (merge ea94b16fb8 rb/p4-lfs later to maint). + + * Assorted fixes to the directory traversal API. + (merge 6836d2fe06 en/fill-directory-fixes later to maint). + + * Forbid pathnames that the platform's filesystem cannot represent on + MinGW. + (merge 4dc42c6c18 js/mingw-reserved-filenames later to maint). + + * "git rebase --signoff" stopped working when the command was written + in C, which has been corrected. + (merge 4fe7e43c53 en/rebase-signoff-fix later to maint). + + * An earlier update to Git for Windows declared that a tree object is + invalid if it has a path component with backslash in it, which was + overly strict, which has been corrected. The only protection the + Windows users need is to prevent such path (or any path that their + filesystem cannot check out) from entering the index. + (merge 224c7d70fa js/mingw-loosen-overstrict-tree-entry-checks later to maint). + + * The code to write split commit-graph file(s) upon fetching computed + bogus value for the parameter used in splitting the resulting + files, which has been corrected. + (merge 63020f175f ds/commit-graph-set-size-mult later to maint). + + * Other code cleanup, docfix, build fix, etc. + (merge 80736d7c5e jc/am-show-current-patch-docfix later to maint). + (merge 8b656572ca sg/commit-graph-usage-fix later to maint). + (merge 6c02042139 mr/clone-dir-exists-to-path-exists later to maint). + (merge 44ae131e38 sg/blame-indent-heuristics-is-now-the-default later to maint). + (merge 0115e5d929 dl/doc-diff-no-index-implies-exit-code later to maint). + (merge 270de6acbe en/t6024-style later to maint). + (merge 14c4776d75 ns/test-desc-typofix later to maint). + (merge 68d40f30c4 dj/typofix-merge-strat later to maint). + (merge f66e0401ab jk/optim-in-pack-idx-conversion later to maint). + (merge 169bed7421 rs/parse-options-dup-null-fix later to maint). + (merge 51bd6be32d rs/use-copy-array-in-mingw-shell-command-preparation later to maint). + (merge b018719927 ma/t7004 later to maint). + (merge 932757b0cc ar/install-doc-update-cmds-needing-the-shell later to maint). + (merge 46efd28be1 ep/guard-kset-tar-headers later to maint). + (merge 9e5afdf997 ec/fetch-mark-common-refs-trace2 later to maint). + (merge f0e58b3fe8 pb/submodule-update-fetches later to maint). + (merge 2a02262078 dl/t5520-cleanup later to maint). + (merge a4fb016ba1 js/pkt-line-h-typofix later to maint). + (merge 54a7a64613 rs/simplify-prepare-cmd later to maint). + (merge 3eae30e464 jk/lore-is-the-archive later to maint). + (merge 14b7664df8 dl/lore-is-the-archive later to maint). + (merge 0e40a73a4c po/bundle-doc-clonable later to maint). + (merge e714b898c6 as/t7812-missing-redirects-fix later to maint). + (merge 528d9e6d01 jk/perf-wo-git-dot-pm later to maint). + (merge fc42f20e24 sg/test-squelch-noise-in-commit-bulk later to maint). + (merge c64368e3a2 bc/t9001-zsh-in-posix-emulation-mode later to maint). + (merge 11de8dd7ef dr/branch-usage-casefix later to maint). + (merge e05e8cf074 rs/archive-zip-code-cleanup later to maint). + (merge 147ee35558 rs/commit-export-env-simplify later to maint). + (merge 4507ecc771 rs/patch-id-use-oid-to-hex later to maint). + (merge 51a0a4ed95 mr/bisect-use-after-free later to maint). + (merge cc2bd5c45d pb/submodule-doc-xref later to maint). + (merge df5be01669 ja/doc-markup-cleanup later to maint). + (merge 7c5cea7242 mr/bisect-save-pointer-to-const-string later to maint). + (merge 20a67e8ce9 js/use-test-tool-on-path later to maint). + (merge 4e61b2214d ew/packfile-syscall-optim later to maint). + (merge ace0f86c7f pb/clarify-line-log-doc later to maint). + (merge 763a59e71c en/merge-recursive-oid-eq-simplify later to maint). + (merge 4e2c4c0d4f do/gitweb-typofix-in-comments later to maint). + (merge 421c0ffb02 jb/doc-multi-pack-idx-fix later to maint). + (merge f8740c586b pm/am-in-body-header-doc-update later to maint). + (merge 5814d44d9b tm/doc-submodule-absorb-fix later to maint). diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cd869b02bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +Git 2.25.1 Release Notes +======================== + +Fixes since v2.25 +----------------- + + * "git commit" gives output similar to "git status" when there is + nothing to commit, but without honoring the advise.statusHints + configuration variable, which has been corrected. + + * has_object_file() said "no" given an object registered to the + system via pretend_object_file(), making it inconsistent with + read_object_file(), causing lazy fetch to attempt fetching an + empty tree from promisor remotes. + + * The code that tries to skip over the entries for the paths in a + single directory using the cache-tree was not careful enough + against corrupt index file. + + * Complete an update to tutorial that encourages "git switch" over + "git checkout" that was done only half-way. + + * Reduce unnecessary round-trip when running "ls-remote" over the + stateless RPC mechanism. + + * "git restore --staged" did not correctly update the cache-tree + structure, resulting in bogus trees to be written afterwards, which + has been corrected. + + * The code recently added to move to the entry beyond the ones in the + same directory in the index in the sparse-cone mode did not count + the number of entries to skip over incorrectly, which has been + corrected. + + * Work around test breakages caused by custom regex engine used in + libasan, when address sanitizer is used with more recent versions + of gcc and clang. + + * "git fetch --refmap=" option has got a better documentation. + + * Corner case bugs in "git clean" that stems from a (necessarily for + performance reasons) awkward calling convention in the directory + enumeration API has been corrected. + + * "git grep --no-index" should not get affected by the contents of + the .gitmodules file but when "--recurse-submodules" is given or + the "submodule.recurse" variable is set, it did. Now these + settings are ignored in the "--no-index" mode. + + * Technical details of the bundle format has been documented. + + * Unhelpful warning messages during documentation build have been + squelched. + +Also contains various documentation updates, code clean-ups and minor fixups. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..303c53a17f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Git 2.25.2 Release Notes +======================== + +Fixes since v2.25.1 +------------------- + + * Minor bugfixes to "git add -i" that has recently been rewritten in C. + + * An earlier update to show the location of working tree in the error + message did not consider the possibility that a git command may be + run in a bare repository, which has been corrected. + + * The "--recurse-submodules" option of various subcommands did not + work well when run in an alternate worktree, which has been + corrected. + + * Running "git rm" on a submodule failed unnecessarily when + .gitmodules is only cache-dirty, which has been corrected. + + * "git rebase -i" identifies existing commits in its todo file with + their abbreviated object name, which could become ambigous as it + goes to create new commits, and has a mechanism to avoid ambiguity + in the main part of its execution. A few other cases however were + not covered by the protection against ambiguity, which has been + corrected. + + * The index-pack code now diagnoses a bad input packstream that + records the same object twice when it is used as delta base; the + code used to declare a software bug when encountering such an + input, but it is an input error. + + * The code to automatically shrink the fan-out in the notes tree had + an off-by-one bug, which has been killed. + + * "git check-ignore" did not work when the given path is explicitly + marked as not ignored with a negative entry in the .gitignore file. + + * The merge-recursive machinery failed to refresh the cache entry for + a merge result in a couple of places, resulting in an unnecessary + merge failure, which has been fixed. + + * Fix for a bug revealed by a recent change to make the protocol v2 + the default. + + * "git merge signed-tag" while lacking the public key started to say + "No signature", which was utterly wrong. This regression has been + reverted. + + * MinGW's poll() emulation has been improved. + + * "git show" and others gave an object name in raw format in its + error output, which has been corrected to give it in hex. + + * Both "git ls-remote -h" and "git grep -h" give short usage help, + like any other Git subcommand, but it is not unreasonable to expect + that the former would behave the same as "git ls-remote --head" + (there is no other sensible behaviour for the latter). The + documentation has been updated in an attempt to clarify this. + +Also contains various documentation updates, code clean-ups and minor fixups. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15f7f21f10 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.25.3 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.4; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0dbb5daeec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.25.4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.25.4 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.5; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.26.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.26.0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a7a734c26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.26.0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ +Git 2.26 Release Notes +====================== + +Updates since v2.25 +------------------- + +Backward compatibility notes + + * "git rebase" uses a different backend that is based on the 'merge' + machinery by default. There are a few known differences in the + behaviour from the traditional machinery based on patch+apply. + + If your workflow is negatively affected by this change, please + report it to git@vger.kernel.org so that we can take a look into + it. After doing so, you can set the 'rebase.backend' configuration + variable to 'apply', in order to use the old default behaviour in + the meantime. + + +UI, Workflows & Features + + * Sample credential helper for using .netrc has been updated to work + out of the box. + + * gpg.minTrustLevel configuration variable has been introduced to + tell various signature verification codepaths the required minimum + trust level. + + * The command line completion (in contrib/) learned to complete + subcommands and arguments to "git worktree". + + * Disambiguation logic to tell revisions and pathspec apart has been + tweaked so that backslash-escaped glob special characters do not + count in the "wildcards are pathspec" rule. + + * One effect of specifying where the GIT_DIR is (either with the + environment variable, or with the "git --git-dir=<where> cmd" + option) is to disable the repository discovery. This has been + placed a bit more stress in the documentation, as new users often + get confused. + + * Two help messages given when "git add" notices the user gave it + nothing to add have been updated to use advise() API. + + * A new version of fsmonitor-watchman hook has been introduced, to + avoid races. + + * "git config" learned to show in which "scope", in addition to in + which file, each config setting comes from. + + * The basic 7 colors learned the brighter counterparts + (e.g. "brightred"). + + * "git sparse-checkout" learned a new "add" subcommand. + + * A configuration element used for credential subsystem can now use + wildcard pattern to specify for which set of URLs the entry + applies. + + * "git clone --recurse-submodules --single-branch" now uses the same + single-branch option when cloning the submodules. + + * "git rm" and "git stash" learns the new "--pathspec-from-file" + option. + + * "git am --show-current-patch" is a way to show the piece of e-mail + for the stopped step, which is not suitable to directly feed "git + apply" (it is designed to be a good "git am" input). It learned a + new option to show only the patch part. + + * Handling of conflicting renames in merge-recursive have further + been made consistent with how existing codepaths try to mimic what + is done to add/add conflicts. + + +Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. + + * Tell .editorconfig that in this project, *.txt files are indented + with tabs. + + * The test-lint machinery knew to check "VAR=VAL shell_function" + construct, but did not check "VAR= shell_function", which has been + corrected. + + * Replace "git config --bool" calls with "git config --type=bool" in + sample templates. + + * The effort to move "git-add--interactive" to C continues. + + * Improve error message generation for "git submodule add". + + * Preparation of test scripts for the day when the object names will + use SHA-256 continues. + + * Warn programmers about pretend_object_file() that allows the code + to tentatively use in-core objects. + + * The way "git pack-objects" reuses objects stored in existing pack + to generate its result has been improved. + + * The transport protocol version 2 becomes the default one. + + * Traditionally, we avoided threaded grep while searching in objects + (as opposed to files in the working tree) as accesses to the object + layer is not thread-safe. This limitation is getting lifted. + + * "git rebase -i" (and friends) used to unnecessarily check out the + tip of the branch to be rebased, which has been corrected. + + * A low-level API function get_oid(), that accepts various ways to + name an object, used to issue end-user facing error messages + without l10n, which has been updated to be translatable. + + * Unneeded connectivity check is now disabled in a partial clone when + fetching into it. + + * Some rough edges in the sparse-checkout feature, especially around + the cone mode, have been cleaned up. + + * The diff-* plumbing family of subcommands now pay attention to the + diff.wsErrorHighlight configuration, which has been ignored before; + this allows "git add -p" to also show the whitespace problems to + the end user. + + * Some codepaths were given a repository instance as a parameter to + work in the repository, but passed the_repository instance to its + callees, which has been cleaned up (somewhat). + + * Memory footprint and performance of "git name-rev" has been + improved. + + * The object reachability bitmap machinery and the partial cloning + machinery were not prepared to work well together, because some + object-filtering criteria that partial clones use inherently rely + on object traversal, but the bitmap machinery is an optimization + to bypass that object traversal. There however are some cases + where they can work together, and they were taught about them. + + * "git rebase" has learned to use the merge backend (i.e. the + machinery that drives "rebase -i") by default, while allowing + "--apply" option to use the "apply" backend (e.g. the moral + equivalent of "format-patch piped to am"). The rebase.backend + configuration variable can be set to customize. + + * Underlying machinery of "git bisect--helper" is being refactored + into pieces that are more easily reused. + + +Fixes since v2.25 +----------------- + + * "git commit" gives output similar to "git status" when there is + nothing to commit, but without honoring the advise.statusHints + configuration variable, which has been corrected. + + * has_object_file() said "no" given an object registered to the + system via pretend_object_file(), making it inconsistent with + read_object_file(), causing lazy fetch to attempt fetching an + empty tree from promisor remotes. + + * Complete an update to tutorial that encourages "git switch" over + "git checkout" that was done only half-way. + + * C pedantry ;-) fix. + + * The code that tries to skip over the entries for the paths in a + single directory using the cache-tree was not careful enough + against corrupt index file. + + * Reduce unnecessary round-trip when running "ls-remote" over the + stateless RPC mechanism. + + * "git restore --staged" did not correctly update the cache-tree + structure, resulting in bogus trees to be written afterwards, which + has been corrected. + + * The code recently added to move to the entry beyond the ones in the + same directory in the index in the sparse-cone mode did not count + the number of entries to skip over incorrectly, which has been + corrected. + + * Rendering by "git log --graph" of ancestry lines leading to a merge + commit were made suboptimal to waste vertical space a bit with a + recent update, which has been corrected. + + * Work around test breakages caused by custom regex engine used in + libasan, when address sanitizer is used with more recent versions + of gcc and clang. + + * Minor bugfixes to "git add -i" that has recently been rewritten in C. + + * "git fetch --refmap=" option has got a better documentation. + + * "git checkout X" did not correctly fail when X is not a local + branch but could name more than one remote-tracking branches + (i.e. to be dwimmed as the starting point to create a corresponding + local branch), which has been corrected. + (merge fa74180d08 am/checkout-file-and-ref-ref-ambiguity later to maint). + + * Corner case bugs in "git clean" that stems from a (necessarily for + performance reasons) awkward calling convention in the directory + enumeration API has been corrected. + + * A fetch that is told to recursively fetch updates in submodules + inevitably produces reams of output, and it becomes hard to spot + error messages. The command has been taught to enumerate + submodules that had errors at the end of the operation. + (merge 0222540827 es/fetch-show-failed-submodules-atend later to maint). + + * The "--recurse-submodules" option of various subcommands did not + work well when run in an alternate worktree, which has been + corrected. + + * Futureproofing a test not to depend on the current implementation + detail. + + * Running "git rm" on a submodule failed unnecessarily when + .gitmodules is only cache-dirty, which has been corrected. + + * C pedantry ;-) fix. + + * "git grep --no-index" should not get affected by the contents of + the .gitmodules file but when "--recurse-submodules" is given or + the "submodule.recurse" variable is set, it did. Now these + settings are ignored in the "--no-index" mode. + + * Technical details of the bundle format has been documented. + + * Unhelpful warning messages during documentation build have been squelched. + + * "git rebase -i" identifies existing commits in its todo file with + their abbreviated object name, which could become ambiguous as it + goes to create new commits, and has a mechanism to avoid ambiguity + in the main part of its execution. A few other cases however were + not covered by the protection against ambiguity, which has been + corrected. + + * Allow the rebase.missingCommitsCheck configuration to kick in when + "rebase --edit-todo" and "rebase --continue" restarts the procedure. + (merge 5a5445d878 ag/edit-todo-drop-check later to maint). + + * The way "git submodule status" reports an initialized but not yet + populated submodule has not been reimplemented correctly when a + part of the "git submodule" command was rewritten in C, which has + been corrected. + (merge f38c92452d pk/status-of-uncloned-submodule later to maint). + + * The code to automatically shrink the fan-out in the notes tree had + an off-by-one bug, which has been killed. + + * The index-pack code now diagnoses a bad input packstream that + records the same object twice when it is used as delta base; the + code used to declare a software bug when encountering such an + input, but it is an input error. + + + * The code to compute the commit-graph has been taught to use a more + robust way to tell if two object directories refer to the same + thing. + (merge a7df60cac8 tb/commit-graph-object-dir later to maint). + + * "git remote rename X Y" needs to adjust configuration variables + (e.g. branch.<name>.remote) whose value used to be X to Y. + branch.<name>.pushRemote is now also updated. + + * Update to doc-diff. + + * Doc markup fix. + + * "git check-ignore" did not work when the given path is explicitly + marked as not ignored with a negative entry in the .gitignore file. + + * The merge-recursive machinery failed to refresh the cache entry for + a merge result in a couple of places, resulting in an unnecessary + merge failure, which has been fixed. + + * Fix for a bug revealed by a recent change to make the protocol v2 + the default. + + * In rare cases "git worktree add <path>" could think that <path> + was already a registered worktree even when it wasn't and refuse + to add the new worktree. This has been corrected. + (merge bb69b3b009 es/worktree-avoid-duplication-fix later to maint). + + * "git push" should stop from updating a branch that is checked out + when receive.denyCurrentBranch configuration is set, but it failed + to pay attention to checkouts in secondary worktrees. This has + been corrected. + (merge 4d864895a2 hv/receive-denycurrent-everywhere later to maint). + + * "git rebase BASE BRANCH" rebased/updated the tip of BRANCH and + checked it out, even when the BRANCH is checked out in a different + worktree. This has been corrected. + (merge b5cabb4a96 es/do-not-let-rebase-switch-to-protected-branch later to maint). + + * "git describe" in a repository with multiple root commits sometimes + gave up looking for the best tag to describe a given commit with + too early, which has been adjusted. + + * "git merge signed-tag" while lacking the public key started to say + "No signature", which was utterly wrong. This regression has been + reverted. + + * MinGW's poll() emulation has been improved. + + * "git show" and others gave an object name in raw format in its + error output, which has been corrected to give it in hex. + + * "git fetch" over HTTP walker protocol did not show any progress + output. We inherently do not know how much work remains, but still + we can show something not to bore users. + (merge 7655b4119d rs/show-progress-in-dumb-http-fetch later to maint). + + * Both "git ls-remote -h" and "git grep -h" give short usage help, + like any other Git subcommand, but it is not unreasonable to expect + that the former would behave the same as "git ls-remote --head" + (there is no other sensible behaviour for the latter). The + documentation has been updated in an attempt to clarify this. + + * Other code cleanup, docfix, build fix, etc. + (merge d0d0a357a1 am/update-pathspec-f-f-tests later to maint). + (merge f94f7bd00d am/test-pathspec-f-f-error-cases later to maint). + (merge c513a958b6 ss/t6025-modernize later to maint). + (merge b441717256 dl/test-must-fail-fixes later to maint). + (merge d031049da3 mt/sparse-checkout-doc-update later to maint). + (merge 145136a95a jc/skip-prefix later to maint). + (merge 5290d45134 jk/alloc-cleanups later to maint). + (merge 7a9f8ca805 rs/parse-options-concat-dup later to maint). + (merge 517b60564e rs/strbuf-insertstr later to maint). + (merge f696a2b1c8 jk/mailinfo-cleanup later to maint). + (merge de26f02db1 js/test-avoid-pipe later to maint). + (merge a2dc43414c es/doc-mentoring later to maint). + (merge 02bbbe9df9 es/worktree-cleanup later to maint). + (merge 2ce6d075fa rs/micro-cleanups later to maint). + (merge 27f182b3fc rs/blame-typefix-for-fingerprint later to maint). + (merge 3c29e21eb0 ma/test-cleanup later to maint). + (merge 240fc04f81 ag/rebase-remove-redundant-code later to maint). + (merge d68ce906c7 rs/commit-graph-code-simplification later to maint). + (merge a51d9e8f07 rj/t1050-use-test-path-is-file later to maint). + (merge fd0bc17557 kk/complete-diff-color-moved later to maint). + (merge 65bf820d0e en/test-cleanup later to maint). diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.26.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.26.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b4ecb3fdc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.26.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.26.1 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.4; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.26.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.26.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d434d0c695 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.26.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Git v2.26.2 Release Notes +========================= + +This release merges the security fix that appears in v2.17.5; see +the release notes for that version for details. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.27.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.27.0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7a5c7fff80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.27.0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +Git 2.27 Release Notes +====================== + +Updates since v2.26 +------------------- + +Backward compatibility notes + + * When "git describe C" finds that commit C is pointed by a signed or + annotated tag, which records T as its tagname in the object, the + command gives T as its answer. Even if the user renames or moves + such a tag from its natural location in the "refs/tags/" hierarchy, + "git describe C" would still give T as the answer, but in such a + case "git show T^0" would no longer work as expected. There may be + nothing at "refs/tags/T" or even worse there may be a different tag + instead. + + Starting from this version, "git describe" will always use the + "long" version, as if the "--long" option were given, when giving + its output based on such a misplaced tag to work around the problem. + + * "git pull" issues a warning message until the pull.rebase + configuration variable is explicitly given, which some existing + users may find annoying---those who prefer not to rebase need to + set the variable to false to squelch the warning. + + +UI, Workflows & Features + + * A handful of options to configure SSL when talking to proxies have + been added. + + * Smudge/clean conversion filters are now given more information + (e.g. the object of the tree-ish in which the blob being converted + appears, in addition to its path, which has already been given). + + * When "git describe C" finds an annotated tag with tagname A to be + the best name to explain commit C, and the tag is stored in a + "wrong" place in the refs/tags hierarchy, e.g. refs/tags/B, the + command gave a warning message but used A (not B) to describe C. + If C is exactly at the tag, the describe output would be "A", but + "git rev-parse A^0" would not be equal as "git rev-parse C^0". The + behavior of the command has been changed to use the "long" form + i.e. A-0-gOBJECTNAME, which is correctly interpreted by rev-parse. + + * "git pull" learned to warn when no pull.rebase configuration + exists, and neither --[no-]rebase nor --ff-only is given (which + would result a merge). + + +Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. + + * The advise API has been revamped to allow more systematic enumeration of + advice knobs in the future. + + * SHA-256 transition continues. + + * The code to interface with GnuPG has been refactored. + + * "git stash" has kept an escape hatch to use the scripted version + for a few releases, which got stale. It has been removed. + + +Fixes since v2.26 +----------------- + + * The real_path() convenience function can easily be misused; with a + bit of code refactoring in the callers' side, its use has been + eliminated. + (merge 49d3c4b481 am/real-path-fix later to maint). + + * Update "git p4" to work with Python 3. + (merge 6bb40ed20a yz/p4-py3 later to maint). + + * The mechanism to prevent "git commit" from making an empty commit + or amending during an interrupted cherry-pick was broken during the + rewrite of "git rebase" in C, which has been corrected. + (merge 430b75f720 pw/advise-rebase-skip later to maint). + + * Fix "git checkout --recurse-submodules" of a nested submodule + hierarchy. + (merge 846f34d351 pb/recurse-submodules-fix later to maint). + + * The "--fork-point" mode of "git rebase" regressed when the command + was rewritten in C back in 2.20 era, which has been corrected. + (merge f08132f889 at/rebase-fork-point-regression-fix later to maint). + + * Other code cleanup, docfix, build fix, etc. + (merge 564956f358 jc/maintain-doc later to maint). + (merge 7422b2a0a1 sg/commit-slab-clarify-peek later to maint). + (merge 9c688735f6 rs/doc-passthru-fetch-options later to maint). + (merge 757c2ba3e2 en/oidset-uninclude-hashmap later to maint). + (merge 8312aa7d74 jc/config-tar later to maint). + (merge d00a5bdd50 ss/submodule-foreach-cb later to maint). diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.3.txt index 5ef12644c2..850dc68ede 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.3.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.3.txt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Fixes since v2.3.2 * Description given by "grep -h" for its --exclude-standard option was phrased poorly. - * Documentaton for "git remote add" mentioned "--tags" and + * Documentation for "git remote add" mentioned "--tags" and "--no-tags" and it was not clear that fetch from the remote in the future will use the default behaviour when neither is given to override it. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.7.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.7.txt index fc95812cb3..5769184081 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.7.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.7.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Git v2.3.7 Release Notes Fixes since v2.3.6 ------------------ - * An earlier update to the parser that disects a URL broke an + * An earlier update to the parser that dissects a URL broke an address, followed by a colon, followed by an empty string (instead of the port number), e.g. ssh://example.com:/path/to/repo. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.4.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.4.3.txt index 914d2c1860..422e930aa2 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.4.3.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.4.3.txt @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Fixes since v2.4.3 * Some time ago, "git blame" (incorrectly) lost the convert_to_git() call when synthesizing a fake "tip" commit that represents the state in the working tree, which broke folks who record the history - with LF line ending to make their project portabile across + with LF line ending to make their project portable across platforms while terminating lines in their working tree files with CRLF for their platform. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.5.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.5.0.txt index 87044504c5..84723f912a 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.5.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.5.0.txt @@ -172,7 +172,8 @@ Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. incorrect patch text to "git apply". Add tests to demonstrate this. - I have a slight suspicion that this may be $gmane/87202 coming back + I have a slight suspicion that this may be + cf. <7vtzf77wjp.fsf@gitster.siamese.dyndns.org> coming back and biting us (I seem to have said "let's run with this and see what happens" back then). diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.7.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.7.0.txt index 563dadc57e..e3cbf3a73c 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.7.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.7.0.txt @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ UI, Workflows & Features * "git interpret-trailers" can now run outside of a Git repository. - * "git p4" learned to reencode the pathname it uses to communicate + * "git p4" learned to re-encode the pathname it uses to communicate with the p4 depot with a new option. * Give progress meter to "git filter-branch". diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.7.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.7.3.txt index 6adf038915..f618d71efd 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.7.3.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.7.3.txt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Fixes since v2.7.2 tests. * "git show 'HEAD:Foo[BAR]Baz'" did not interpret the argument as a - rev, i.e. the object named by the the pathname with wildcard + rev, i.e. the object named by the pathname with wildcard characters in a tree object. * "git rev-parse --git-common-dir" used in the worktree feature diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.8.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.8.0.txt index 5fbe1b86ee..27320b6a9f 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.8.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.8.0.txt @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. * Some calls to strcpy(3) triggers a false warning from static analyzers that are less intelligent than humans, and reducing the number of these false hits helps us notice real issues. A few - calls to strcpy(3) in a couple of protrams that are already safe + calls to strcpy(3) in a couple of programs that are already safe has been rewritten to avoid false warnings. * The "name_path" API was an attempt to reduce the need to construct diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.8.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.8.3.txt index fedd9968e5..a63825ed87 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.8.3.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.8.3.txt @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ Fixes since v2.8.2 This is necessary to use Git on Windows shared directories, and is already enabled for the MinGW and plain Windows builds. It also has been used in Cygwin packaged versions of Git for quite a while. - See http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.version-control.git/291853 - and http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.version-control.git/275680. + See https://lore.kernel.org/git/20160419091055.GF2345@dinwoodie.org/ + and https://lore.kernel.org/git/20150811100527.GW14466@dinwoodie.org/. * "git replace -e" did not honour "core.editor" configuration. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.9.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.9.0.txt index b61d36712f..991640119a 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.9.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.9.0.txt @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ notes for details). This is necessary to use Git on Windows shared directories, and is already enabled for the MinGW and plain Windows builds. It also has been used in Cygwin packaged versions of Git for quite a while. - See http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.version-control.git/291853 + See https://lore.kernel.org/git/20160419091055.GF2345@dinwoodie.org/ * "merge-octopus" strategy did not ensure that the index is clean when merge begins. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.9.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.9.3.txt index 695b86f612..305e08062b 100644 --- a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.9.3.txt +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.9.3.txt @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Fixes since v2.9.2 * One part of "git am" had an oddball helper function that called stuff from outside "his" as opposed to calling what we have "ours", which was not gender-neutral and also inconsistent with the rest of - the system where outside stuff is usuall called "theirs" in + the system where outside stuff is usually called "theirs" in contrast to "ours". * The test framework learned a new helper test_match_signal to diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches index 1a60cc1329..4515cab519 100644 --- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches @@ -142,19 +142,25 @@ archive, summarize the relevant points of the discussion. [[commit-reference]] If you want to reference a previous commit in the history of a stable -branch, use the format "abbreviated sha1 (subject, date)", -with the subject enclosed in a pair of double-quotes, like this: +branch, use the format "abbreviated hash (subject, date)", like this: .... - Commit f86a374 ("pack-bitmap.c: fix a memleak", 2015-03-30) + Commit f86a374 (pack-bitmap.c: fix a memleak, 2015-03-30) noticed that ... .... The "Copy commit summary" command of gitk can be used to obtain this -format, or this invocation of `git show`: +format (with the subject enclosed in a pair of double-quotes), or this +invocation of `git show`: .... - git show -s --date=short --pretty='format:%h ("%s", %ad)' <commit> + git show -s --pretty=reference <commit> +.... + +or, on an older version of Git without support for --pretty=reference: + +.... + git show -s --date=short --pretty='format:%h (%s, %ad)' <commit> .... [[git-tools]] diff --git a/Documentation/config.txt b/Documentation/config.txt index e40fcb1eca..74009d5402 100644 --- a/Documentation/config.txt +++ b/Documentation/config.txt @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ refer to linkgit:gitignore[5] for details. For convenience: `gitdir/i`:: This is the same as `gitdir` except that matching is done - case-insensitively (e.g. on case-insensitive file sytems) + case-insensitively (e.g. on case-insensitive file systems) `onbranch`:: The data that follows the keyword `onbranch:` is taken to be a @@ -263,7 +263,9 @@ color:: + The basic colors accepted are `normal`, `black`, `red`, `green`, `yellow`, `blue`, `magenta`, `cyan` and `white`. The first color given is the -foreground; the second is the background. +foreground; the second is the background. All the basic colors except +`normal` have a bright variant that can be speficied by prefixing the +color with `bright`, like `brightred`. + Colors may also be given as numbers between 0 and 255; these use ANSI 256-color mode (but note that not all terminals may support this). If @@ -445,6 +447,8 @@ include::config/submodule.txt[] include::config/tag.txt[] +include::config/tar.txt[] + include::config/trace2.txt[] include::config/transfer.txt[] diff --git a/Documentation/config/add.txt b/Documentation/config/add.txt index 4d753f006e..c9f748f81c 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/add.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/add.txt @@ -5,3 +5,8 @@ add.ignore-errors (deprecated):: option of linkgit:git-add[1]. `add.ignore-errors` is deprecated, as it does not follow the usual naming convention for configuration variables. + +add.interactive.useBuiltin:: + [EXPERIMENTAL] Set to `true` to use the experimental built-in + implementation of the interactive version of linkgit:git-add[1] + instead of the Perl script version. Is `false` by default. diff --git a/Documentation/config/advice.txt b/Documentation/config/advice.txt index 6aaa360202..bdd37c3eaa 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/advice.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/advice.txt @@ -107,4 +107,13 @@ advice.*:: editor input from the user. nestedTag:: Advice shown if a user attempts to recursively tag a tag object. + submoduleAlternateErrorStrategyDie:: + Advice shown when a submodule.alternateErrorStrategy option + configured to "die" causes a fatal error. + addIgnoredFile:: + Advice shown if a user attempts to add an ignored file to + the index. + addEmptyPathspec:: + Advice shown if a user runs the add command without providing + the pathspec parameter. -- diff --git a/Documentation/config/branch.txt b/Documentation/config/branch.txt index a592d522a7..cc5f3249fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/branch.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/branch.txt @@ -81,15 +81,16 @@ branch.<name>.rebase:: "git pull" is run. See "pull.rebase" for doing this in a non branch-specific manner. + -When `merges`, pass the `--rebase-merges` option to 'git rebase' +When `merges` (or just 'm'), pass the `--rebase-merges` option to 'git rebase' so that the local merge commits are included in the rebase (see linkgit:git-rebase[1] for details). + -When `preserve` (deprecated in favor of `merges`), also pass +When `preserve` (or just 'p', deprecated in favor of `merges`), also pass `--preserve-merges` along to 'git rebase' so that locally committed merge commits will not be flattened by running 'git pull'. + -When the value is `interactive`, the rebase is run in interactive mode. +When the value is `interactive` (or just 'i'), the rebase is run in interactive +mode. + *NOTE*: this is a possibly dangerous operation; do *not* use it unless you understand the implications (see linkgit:git-rebase[1] diff --git a/Documentation/config/core.txt b/Documentation/config/core.txt index 852d2ba37a..74619a9c03 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/core.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/core.txt @@ -68,6 +68,17 @@ core.fsmonitor:: avoiding unnecessary processing of files that have not changed. See the "fsmonitor-watchman" section of linkgit:githooks[5]. +core.fsmonitorHookVersion:: + Sets the version of hook that is to be used when calling fsmonitor. + There are currently versions 1 and 2. When this is not set, + version 2 will be tried first and if it fails then version 1 + will be tried. Version 1 uses a timestamp as input to determine + which files have changes since that time but some monitors + like watchman have race conditions when used with a timestamp. + Version 2 uses an opaque string so that the monitor can return + something that can be used to determine what files have changed + without race conditions. + core.trustctime:: If false, the ctime differences between the index and the working tree are ignored; useful when the inode change time @@ -559,6 +570,12 @@ core.unsetenvvars:: Defaults to `PERL5LIB` to account for the fact that Git for Windows insists on using its own Perl interpreter. +core.restrictinheritedhandles:: + Windows-only: override whether spawned processes inherit only standard + file handles (`stdin`, `stdout` and `stderr`) or all handles. Can be + `auto`, `true` or `false`. Defaults to `auto`, which means `true` on + Windows 7 and later, and `false` on older Windows versions. + core.createObject:: You can set this to 'link', in which case a hardlink followed by a delete of the source are used to make sure that object creation @@ -593,8 +610,14 @@ core.multiPackIndex:: multi-pack-index design document]. core.sparseCheckout:: - Enable "sparse checkout" feature. See section "Sparse checkout" in - linkgit:git-read-tree[1] for more information. + Enable "sparse checkout" feature. See linkgit:git-sparse-checkout[1] + for more information. + +core.sparseCheckoutCone:: + Enables the "cone mode" of the sparse checkout feature. When the + sparse-checkout file contains a limited set of patterns, then this + mode provides significant performance advantages. See + linkgit:git-sparse-checkout[1] for more information. core.abbrev:: Set the length object names are abbreviated to. If diff --git a/Documentation/config/feature.txt b/Documentation/config/feature.txt index 875f8c8a66..4e3a5c0ceb 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/feature.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/feature.txt @@ -12,9 +12,6 @@ feature.experimental:: setting if you are interested in providing feedback on experimental features. The new default values are: + -* `pack.useSparse=true` uses a new algorithm when constructing a pack-file -which can improve `git push` performance in repos with many files. -+ * `fetch.negotiationAlgorithm=skipping` may improve fetch negotiation times by skipping more commits at a time, reducing the number of round trips. + diff --git a/Documentation/config/format.txt b/Documentation/config/format.txt index 40cad9278f..564e8091ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/format.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/format.txt @@ -36,6 +36,12 @@ format.subjectPrefix:: The default for format-patch is to output files with the '[PATCH]' subject prefix. Use this variable to change that prefix. +format.coverFromDescription:: + The default mode for format-patch to determine which parts of + the cover letter will be populated using the branch's + description. See the `--cover-from-description` option in + linkgit:git-format-patch[1]. + format.signature:: The default for format-patch is to output a signature containing the Git version number. Use this variable to change that default. @@ -51,6 +57,11 @@ format.suffix:: `.patch`. Use this variable to change that suffix (make sure to include the dot if you want it). +format.encodeEmailHeaders:: + Encode email headers that have non-ASCII characters with + "Q-encoding" (described in RFC 2047) for email transmission. + Defaults to true. + format.pretty:: The default pretty format for log/show/whatchanged command, See linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], @@ -100,4 +111,20 @@ If one wishes to use the ref `ref/notes/true`, please use that literal instead. + This configuration can be specified multiple times in order to allow -multiple notes refs to be included. +multiple notes refs to be included. In that case, it will behave +similarly to multiple `--[no-]notes[=]` options passed in. That is, a +value of `true` will show the default notes, a value of `<ref>` will +also show notes from that notes ref and a value of `false` will negate +previous configurations and not show notes. ++ +For example, ++ +------------ +[format] + notes = true + notes = foo + notes = false + notes = bar +------------ ++ +will only show notes from `refs/notes/bar`. diff --git a/Documentation/config/gpg.txt b/Documentation/config/gpg.txt index cce2c89245..d94025cb36 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/gpg.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/gpg.txt @@ -18,3 +18,18 @@ gpg.<format>.program:: chose. (see `gpg.program` and `gpg.format`) `gpg.program` can still be used as a legacy synonym for `gpg.openpgp.program`. The default value for `gpg.x509.program` is "gpgsm". + +gpg.minTrustLevel:: + Specifies a minimum trust level for signature verification. If + this option is unset, then signature verification for merge + operations require a key with at least `marginal` trust. Other + operations that perform signature verification require a key + with at least `undefined` trust. Setting this option overrides + the required trust-level for all operations. Supported values, + in increasing order of significance: ++ +* `undefined` +* `never` +* `marginal` +* `fully` +* `ultimate` diff --git a/Documentation/config/http.txt b/Documentation/config/http.txt index 5a32f5b0a5..3968fbb697 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/http.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/http.txt @@ -29,6 +29,27 @@ http.proxyAuthMethod:: * `ntlm` - NTLM authentication (compare the --ntlm option of `curl(1)`) -- +http.proxySSLCert:: + The pathname of a file that stores a client certificate to use to authenticate + with an HTTPS proxy. Can be overridden by the `GIT_PROXY_SSL_CERT` environment + variable. + +http.proxySSLKey:: + The pathname of a file that stores a private key to use to authenticate with + an HTTPS proxy. Can be overridden by the `GIT_PROXY_SSL_KEY` environment + variable. + +http.proxySSLCertPasswordProtected:: + Enable Git's password prompt for the proxy SSL certificate. Otherwise OpenSSL + will prompt the user, possibly many times, if the certificate or private key + is encrypted. Can be overriden by the `GIT_PROXY_SSL_CERT_PASSWORD_PROTECTED` + environment variable. + +http.proxySSLCAInfo:: + Pathname to the file containing the certificate bundle that should be used to + verify the proxy with when using an HTTPS proxy. Can be overriden by the + `GIT_PROXY_SSL_CAINFO` environment variable. + http.emptyAuth:: Attempt authentication without seeking a username or password. This can be used to attempt GSS-Negotiate authentication without specifying @@ -71,7 +92,7 @@ http.saveCookies:: http.version:: Use the specified HTTP protocol version when communicating with a server. If you want to force the default. The available and default version depend - on libcurl. Actually the possible values of + on libcurl. Currently the possible values of this option are: - HTTP/2 @@ -84,7 +105,7 @@ http.sslVersion:: particular configuration of the crypto library in use. Internally this sets the 'CURLOPT_SSL_VERSION' option; see the libcurl documentation for more details on the format of this option and - for the ssl version supported. Actually the possible values of + for the ssl version supported. Currently the possible values of this option are: - sslv2 @@ -199,6 +220,14 @@ http.postBuffer:: Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used to avoid creating a massive pack file locally. Default is 1 MiB, which is sufficient for most requests. ++ +Note that raising this limit is only effective for disabling chunked +transfer encoding and therefore should be used only where the remote +server or a proxy only supports HTTP/1.0 or is noncompliant with the +HTTP standard. Raising this is not, in general, an effective solution +for most push problems, but can increase memory consumption +significantly since the entire buffer is allocated even for small +pushes. http.lowSpeedLimit, http.lowSpeedTime:: If the HTTP transfer speed is less than 'http.lowSpeedLimit' diff --git a/Documentation/config/pack.txt b/Documentation/config/pack.txt index 1d66f0c992..837f1b1679 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/pack.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/pack.txt @@ -27,6 +27,13 @@ Note that changing the compression level will not automatically recompress all existing objects. You can force recompression by passing the -F option to linkgit:git-repack[1]. +pack.allowPackReuse:: + When true, and when reachability bitmaps are enabled, + pack-objects will try to send parts of the bitmapped packfile + verbatim. This can reduce memory and CPU usage to serve fetches, + but might result in sending a slightly larger pack. Defaults to + true. + pack.island:: An extended regular expression configuring a set of delta islands. See "DELTA ISLANDS" in linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] @@ -112,8 +119,8 @@ pack.useSparse:: objects. This can have significant performance benefits when computing a pack to send a small change. However, it is possible that extra objects are added to the pack-file if the included - commits contain certain types of direct renames. Default is `false` - unless `feature.experimental` is enabled. + commits contain certain types of direct renames. Default is + `true`. pack.writeBitmaps (deprecated):: This is a deprecated synonym for `repack.writeBitmaps`. diff --git a/Documentation/config/protocol.txt b/Documentation/config/protocol.txt index bfccc07491..756591d77b 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/protocol.txt @@ -45,11 +45,10 @@ The protocol names currently used by git are: -- protocol.version:: - Experimental. If set, clients will attempt to communicate with a - server using the specified protocol version. If unset, no - attempt will be made by the client to communicate using a - particular protocol version, this results in protocol version 0 - being used. + If set, clients will attempt to communicate with a server + using the specified protocol version. If the server does + not support it, communication falls back to version 0. + If unset, the default is `2`. Supported versions: + -- diff --git a/Documentation/config/pull.txt b/Documentation/config/pull.txt index b87cab31b3..5404830609 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/pull.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/pull.txt @@ -14,15 +14,16 @@ pull.rebase:: pull" is run. See "branch.<name>.rebase" for setting this on a per-branch basis. + -When `merges`, pass the `--rebase-merges` option to 'git rebase' +When `merges` (or just 'm'), pass the `--rebase-merges` option to 'git rebase' so that the local merge commits are included in the rebase (see linkgit:git-rebase[1] for details). + -When `preserve` (deprecated in favor of `merges`), also pass +When `preserve` (or just 'p', deprecated in favor of `merges`), also pass `--preserve-merges` along to 'git rebase' so that locally committed merge commits will not be flattened by running 'git pull'. + -When the value is `interactive`, the rebase is run in interactive mode. +When the value is `interactive` (or just 'i'), the rebase is run in interactive +mode. + *NOTE*: this is a possibly dangerous operation; do *not* use it unless you understand the implications (see linkgit:git-rebase[1] diff --git a/Documentation/config/push.txt b/Documentation/config/push.txt index 0a0e000569..0a7aa322a9 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/push.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/push.txt @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ push.default:: Defines the action `git push` should take if no refspec is - explicitly given. Different values are well-suited for + given (whether from the command-line, config, or elsewhere). + Different values are well-suited for specific workflows; for instance, in a purely central workflow (i.e. the fetch source is equal to the push destination), `upstream` is probably what you want. Possible values are: @@ -8,7 +9,7 @@ push.default:: -- * `nothing` - do not push anything (error out) unless a refspec is - explicitly given. This is primarily meant for people who want to + given. This is primarily meant for people who want to avoid mistakes by always being explicit. * `current` - push the current branch to update a branch with the same @@ -79,7 +80,7 @@ higher priority configuration file (e.g. `.git/config` in a repository) to clear the values inherited from a lower priority configuration files (e.g. `$HOME/.gitconfig`). + --- +---- Example: @@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ repo/.git/config This will result in only b (a and c are cleared). --- +---- push.recurseSubmodules:: Make sure all submodule commits used by the revisions to be pushed diff --git a/Documentation/config/rebase.txt b/Documentation/config/rebase.txt index d98e32d812..7f7a07d22f 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/rebase.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/rebase.txt @@ -5,6 +5,12 @@ rebase.useBuiltin:: is always used. Setting this will emit a warning, to alert any remaining users that setting this now does nothing. +rebase.backend:: + Default backend to use for rebasing. Possible choices are + 'apply' or 'merge'. In the future, if the merge backend gains + all remaining capabilities of the apply backend, this setting + may become unused. + rebase.stat:: Whether to show a diffstat of what changed upstream since the last rebase. False by default. diff --git a/Documentation/config/stash.txt b/Documentation/config/stash.txt index abc7ef4a3a..00eb35434e 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/stash.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/stash.txt @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ stash.useBuiltin:: - Set to `false` to use the legacy shell script implementation of - linkgit:git-stash[1]. Is `true` by default, which means use - the built-in rewrite of it in C. -+ -The C rewrite is first included with Git version 2.22 (and Git for Windows -version 2.19). This option serves as an escape hatch to re-enable the -legacy version in case any bugs are found in the rewrite. This option and -the shell script version of linkgit:git-stash[1] will be removed in some -future release. -+ -If you find some reason to set this option to `false`, other than -one-off testing, you should report the behavior difference as a bug in -Git (see https://git-scm.com/community for details). + Unused configuration variable. Used in Git versions 2.22 to + 2.26 as an escape hatch to enable the legacy shellscript + implementation of stash. Now the built-in rewrite of it in C + is always used. Setting this will emit a warning, to alert any + remaining users that setting this now does nothing. stash.showPatch:: If this is set to true, the `git stash show` command without an diff --git a/Documentation/config/submodule.txt b/Documentation/config/submodule.txt index 0a1293b051..b33177151c 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/submodule.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/submodule.txt @@ -79,4 +79,6 @@ submodule.alternateLocation:: submodule.alternateErrorStrategy:: Specifies how to treat errors with the alternates for a submodule as computed via `submodule.alternateLocation`. Possible values are - `ignore`, `info`, `die`. Default is `die`. + `ignore`, `info`, `die`. Default is `die`. Note that if set to `ignore` + or `info`, and if there is an error with the computed alternate, the + clone proceeds as if no alternate was specified. diff --git a/Documentation/config/tag.txt b/Documentation/config/tag.txt index ef5adb3f42..5062a057ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/tag.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/tag.txt @@ -13,12 +13,5 @@ tag.gpgSign:: Use of this option when running in an automated script can result in a large number of tags being signed. It is therefore convenient to use an agent to avoid typing your gpg passphrase - several times. Note that this option doesn't affects tag signing + several times. Note that this option doesn't affect tag signing behavior enabled by "-u <keyid>" or "--local-user=<keyid>" options. - -tar.umask:: - This variable can be used to restrict the permission bits of - tar archive entries. The default is 0002, which turns off the - world write bit. The special value "user" indicates that the - archiving user's umask will be used instead. See umask(2) and - linkgit:git-archive[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/tar.txt b/Documentation/config/tar.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..de8ff48ea9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/config/tar.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +tar.umask:: + This variable can be used to restrict the permission bits of + tar archive entries. The default is 0002, which turns off the + world write bit. The special value "user" indicates that the + archiving user's umask will be used instead. See umask(2) and + linkgit:git-archive[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/config/trace2.txt b/Documentation/config/trace2.txt index 4ce0b9a6d1..01d3afd8a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/trace2.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/trace2.txt @@ -48,6 +48,15 @@ trace2.configParams:: May be overridden by the `GIT_TRACE2_CONFIG_PARAMS` environment variable. Unset by default. +trace2.envVars:: + A comma-separated list of "important" environment variables that should + be recorded in the trace2 output. For example, + `GIT_HTTP_USER_AGENT,GIT_CONFIG` would cause the trace2 output to + contain events listing the overrides for HTTP user agent and the + location of the Git configuration file (assuming any are set). May be + overriden by the `GIT_TRACE2_ENV_VARS` environment variable. Unset by + default. + trace2.destinationDebug:: Boolean. When true Git will print error messages when a trace target destination cannot be opened for writing. diff --git a/Documentation/config/user.txt b/Documentation/config/user.txt index 0557cbbceb..59aec7c3ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/config/user.txt +++ b/Documentation/config/user.txt @@ -13,7 +13,12 @@ committer.email:: Also, all of these can be overridden by the `GIT_AUTHOR_NAME`, `GIT_AUTHOR_EMAIL`, `GIT_COMMITTER_NAME`, `GIT_COMMITTER_EMAIL` and `EMAIL` environment variables. - See linkgit:git-commit-tree[1] for more information. ++ +Note that the `name` forms of these variables conventionally refer to +some form of a personal name. See linkgit:git-commit[1] and the +environment variables section of linkgit:git[1] for more information on +these settings and the `credential.username` option if you're looking +for authentication credentials instead. user.useConfigOnly:: Instruct Git to avoid trying to guess defaults for `user.email` diff --git a/Documentation/diff-format.txt b/Documentation/diff-format.txt index 4d846d7346..fbbd410a84 100644 --- a/Documentation/diff-format.txt +++ b/Documentation/diff-format.txt @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Possible status letters are: - R: renaming of a file - T: change in the type of the file - U: file is unmerged (you must complete the merge before it can -be committed) + be committed) - X: "unknown" change type (most probably a bug, please report it) Status letters C and R are always followed by a score (denoting the diff --git a/Documentation/diff-options.txt b/Documentation/diff-options.txt index 09faee3b44..bb31f0c42b 100644 --- a/Documentation/diff-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/diff-options.txt @@ -567,13 +567,13 @@ To illustrate the difference between `-S<regex> --pickaxe-regex` and file: + ---- -+ return !regexec(regexp, two->ptr, 1, ®match, 0); ++ return frotz(nitfol, two->ptr, 1, 0); ... -- hit = !regexec(regexp, mf2.ptr, 1, ®match, 0); +- hit = frotz(nitfol, mf2.ptr, 1, 0); ---- + -While `git log -G"regexec\(regexp"` will show this commit, `git log --S"regexec\(regexp" --pickaxe-regex` will not (because the number of +While `git log -G"frotz\(nitfol"` will show this commit, `git log +-S"frotz\(nitfol" --pickaxe-regex` will not (because the number of occurrences of that string did not change). + Unless `--text` is supplied patches of binary files without a textconv diff --git a/Documentation/doc-diff b/Documentation/doc-diff index 88a9b20168..1694300e50 100755 --- a/Documentation/doc-diff +++ b/Documentation/doc-diff @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ generate_render_makefile () { while read src do dst=$2/${src#$1/} - printf 'all:: %s\n' "$dst" + printf 'all: %s\n' "$dst" printf '%s: %s\n' "$dst" "$src" printf '\t@echo >&2 " RENDER $(notdir $@)" && \\\n' printf '\tmkdir -p $(dir $@) && \\\n' diff --git a/Documentation/fetch-options.txt b/Documentation/fetch-options.txt index 43b9ff3bce..05709f67a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/fetch-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/fetch-options.txt @@ -61,10 +61,8 @@ this option multiple times, one for each matching ref name. See also the `fetch.negotiationAlgorithm` configuration variable documented in linkgit:git-config[1]. -ifndef::git-pull[] --dry-run:: Show what would be done, without making any changes. -endif::git-pull[] -f:: --force:: @@ -92,6 +90,11 @@ ifndef::git-pull[] Run `git gc --auto` at the end to perform garbage collection if needed. This is enabled by default. +--[no-]write-commit-graph:: + Write a commit-graph after fetching. This overrides the config + setting `fetch.writeCommitGraph`. +endif::git-pull[] + -p:: --prune:: Before fetching, remove any remote-tracking references that no @@ -103,6 +106,7 @@ ifndef::git-pull[] was cloned with the --mirror option), then they are also subject to pruning. Supplying `--prune-tags` is a shorthand for providing the tag refspec. +ifndef::git-pull[] + See the PRUNING section below for more details. @@ -129,13 +133,15 @@ endif::git-pull[] behavior for a remote may be specified with the remote.<name>.tagOpt setting. See linkgit:git-config[1]. -ifndef::git-pull[] --refmap=<refspec>:: When fetching refs listed on the command line, use the specified refspec (can be given more than once) to map the refs to remote-tracking branches, instead of the values of `remote.*.fetch` configuration variables for the remote - repository. See section on "Configured Remote-tracking + repository. Providing an empty `<refspec>` to the + `--refmap` option causes Git to ignore the configured + refspecs and rely entirely on the refspecs supplied as + command-line arguments. See section on "Configured Remote-tracking Branches" for details. -t:: @@ -147,6 +153,7 @@ ifndef::git-pull[] is used (though tags may be pruned anyway if they are also the destination of an explicit refspec; see `--prune`). +ifndef::git-pull[] --recurse-submodules[=yes|on-demand|no]:: This option controls if and under what conditions new commits of populated submodules should be fetched too. It can be used as a @@ -157,6 +164,7 @@ ifndef::git-pull[] when the superproject retrieves a commit that updates the submodule's reference to a commit that isn't already in the local submodule clone. +endif::git-pull[] -j:: --jobs=<n>:: @@ -170,9 +178,11 @@ parallel. To control them independently, use the config settings Typically, parallel recursive and multi-remote fetches will be faster. By default fetches are performed sequentially, not in parallel. +ifndef::git-pull[] --no-recurse-submodules:: Disable recursive fetching of submodules (this has the same effect as using the `--recurse-submodules=no` option). +endif::git-pull[] --set-upstream:: If the remote is fetched successfully, pull and add upstream @@ -181,6 +191,7 @@ default fetches are performed sequentially, not in parallel. see `branch.<name>.merge` and `branch.<name>.remote` in linkgit:git-config[1]. +ifndef::git-pull[] --submodule-prefix=<path>:: Prepend <path> to paths printed in informative messages such as "Fetching submodule foo". This option is used @@ -193,7 +204,6 @@ default fetches are performed sequentially, not in parallel. recursion (such as settings in linkgit:gitmodules[5] and linkgit:git-config[1]) override this option, as does specifying --[no-]recurse-submodules directly. -endif::git-pull[] -u:: --update-head-ok:: @@ -203,6 +213,7 @@ endif::git-pull[] to communicate with 'git fetch', and unless you are implementing your own Porcelain you are not supposed to use it. +endif::git-pull[] --upload-pack <upload-pack>:: When given, and the repository to fetch from is handled diff --git a/Documentation/git-add.txt b/Documentation/git-add.txt index 8b0e4c7fa8..be5e3ac54b 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-add.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-add.txt @@ -11,7 +11,8 @@ SYNOPSIS 'git add' [--verbose | -v] [--dry-run | -n] [--force | -f] [--interactive | -i] [--patch | -p] [--edit | -e] [--[no-]all | --[no-]ignore-removal | [--update | -u]] [--intent-to-add | -N] [--refresh] [--ignore-errors] [--ignore-missing] [--renormalize] - [--chmod=(+|-)x] [--] [<pathspec>...] + [--chmod=(+|-)x] [--pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]] + [--] [<pathspec>...] DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -187,6 +188,19 @@ for "git add --no-all <pathspec>...", i.e. ignored removed files. bit is only changed in the index, the files on disk are left unchanged. +--pathspec-from-file=<file>:: + Pathspec is passed in `<file>` instead of commandline args. If + `<file>` is exactly `-` then standard input is used. Pathspec + elements are separated by LF or CR/LF. Pathspec elements can be + quoted as explained for the configuration variable `core.quotePath` + (see linkgit:git-config[1]). See also `--pathspec-file-nul` and + global `--literal-pathspecs`. + +--pathspec-file-nul:: + Only meaningful with `--pathspec-from-file`. Pathspec elements are + separated with NUL character and all other characters are taken + literally (including newlines and quotes). + \--:: This option can be used to separate command-line options from the list of files, (useful when filenames might be mistaken diff --git a/Documentation/git-am.txt b/Documentation/git-am.txt index fc3b993c33..38c0852139 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-am.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-am.txt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ SYNOPSIS [--exclude=<path>] [--include=<path>] [--reject] [-q | --quiet] [--[no-]scissors] [-S[<keyid>]] [--patch-format=<format>] [(<mbox> | <Maildir>)...] -'git am' (--continue | --skip | --abort | --quit | --show-current-patch) +'git am' (--continue | --skip | --abort | --quit | --show-current-patch[=(diff|raw)]) DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -148,9 +148,12 @@ default. You can use `--no-utf8` to override this. -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign commits. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, it must be - stuck to the option without a space. + stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` is useful to + countermand both `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable, and + earlier `--gpg-sign`. --continue:: -r:: @@ -176,9 +179,11 @@ default. You can use `--no-utf8` to override this. Abort the patching operation but keep HEAD and the index untouched. ---show-current-patch:: - Show the patch being applied when "git am" is stopped because - of conflicts. +--show-current-patch[=(diff|raw)]:: + Show the message at which `git am` has stopped due to + conflicts. If `raw` is specified, show the raw contents of + the e-mail message; if `diff`, show the diff portion only. + Defaults to `raw`. DISCUSSION ---------- @@ -190,8 +195,8 @@ the commit, after stripping common prefix "[PATCH <anything>]". The "Subject: " line is supposed to concisely describe what the commit is about in one line of text. -"From: " and "Subject: " lines starting the body override the respective -commit author name and title values taken from the headers. +"From: ", "Date: ", and "Subject: " lines starting the body override the +respective commit author name and title values taken from the headers. The commit message is formed by the title taken from the "Subject: ", a blank line and the body of the message up to diff --git a/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt b/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt index e99925184d..3ba49e85b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Test suites are very nice. But when they are used alone, they are supposed to be used so that all the tests are checked after each commit. This means that they are not very efficient, because many tests are run for no interesting result, and they suffer from -combinational explosion. +combinatorial explosion. In fact the problem is that big software often has many different configuration options and that each test case should pass for each @@ -1350,9 +1350,9 @@ References - [[[1]]] https://www.nist.gov/sites/default/files/documents/director/planning/report02-3.pdf['The Economic Impacts of Inadequate Infratructure for Software Testing'. Nist Planning Report 02-3], see Executive Summary and Chapter 8. - [[[2]]] http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/codeconvtoc-136057.html['Code Conventions for the Java Programming Language'. Sun Microsystems.] - [[[3]]] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_maintenance['Software maintenance'. Wikipedia.] -- [[[4]]] https://public-inbox.org/git/7vps5xsbwp.fsf_-_@assigned-by-dhcp.cox.net/[Junio C Hamano. 'Automated bisect success story'.] +- [[[4]]] https://lore.kernel.org/git/7vps5xsbwp.fsf_-_@assigned-by-dhcp.cox.net/[Junio C Hamano. 'Automated bisect success story'.] - [[[5]]] https://lwn.net/Articles/317154/[Christian Couder. 'Fully automated bisecting with "git bisect run"'. LWN.net.] - [[[6]]] https://lwn.net/Articles/277872/[Jonathan Corbet. 'Bisection divides users and developers'. LWN.net.] -- [[[7]]] http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=119702753411680&w=2[Ingo Molnar. 'Re: BUG 2.6.23-rc3 can't see sd partitions on Alpha'. Linux-kernel mailing list.] +- [[[7]]] https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20071207113734.GA14598@elte.hu/[Ingo Molnar. 'Re: BUG 2.6.23-rc3 can't see sd partitions on Alpha'. Linux-kernel mailing list.] - [[[8]]] https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/git-bisect.html[Junio C Hamano and the git-list. 'git-bisect(1) Manual Page'. Linux Kernel Archives.] - [[[9]]] https://github.com/Ealdwulf/bbchop[Ealdwulf. 'bbchop'. GitHub.] diff --git a/Documentation/git-bisect.txt b/Documentation/git-bisect.txt index 4b45d837a7..7586c5a843 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-bisect.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-bisect.txt @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ $ cat ~/test.sh # tweak the working tree by merging the hot-fix branch # and then attempt a build -if git merge --no-commit hot-fix && +if git merge --no-commit --no-ff hot-fix && make then # run project specific test and report its status diff --git a/Documentation/git-bundle.txt b/Documentation/git-bundle.txt index 7d6c9dcd17..d34b0964be 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-bundle.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-bundle.txt @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ git-bundle - Move objects and refs by archive SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git bundle' create <file> <git-rev-list-args> -'git bundle' verify <file> +'git bundle' create [-q | --quiet | --progress | --all-progress] [--all-progress-implied] <file> <git-rev-list-args> +'git bundle' verify [-q | --quiet] <file> 'git bundle' list-heads <file> [<refname>...] 'git bundle' unbundle <file> [<refname>...] @@ -20,11 +20,14 @@ DESCRIPTION Some workflows require that one or more branches of development on one machine be replicated on another machine, but the two machines cannot be directly connected, and therefore the interactive Git protocols (git, -ssh, http) cannot be used. This command provides support for -'git fetch' and 'git pull' to operate by packaging objects and references -in an archive at the originating machine, then importing those into -another repository using 'git fetch' and 'git pull' -after moving the archive by some means (e.g., by sneakernet). As no +ssh, http) cannot be used. + +The 'git bundle' command packages objects and references in an archive +at the originating machine, which can then be imported into another +repository using 'git fetch', 'git pull', or 'git clone', +after moving the archive by some means (e.g., by sneakernet). + +As no direct connection between the repositories exists, the user must specify a basis for the bundle that is held by the destination repository: the bundle assumes that all objects in the basis are already in the @@ -33,9 +36,11 @@ destination repository. OPTIONS ------- -create <file>:: +create [options] <file> <git-rev-list-args>:: Used to create a bundle named 'file'. This requires the - 'git-rev-list-args' arguments to define the bundle contents. + '<git-rev-list-args>' arguments to define the bundle contents. + 'options' contains the options specific to the 'git bundle create' + subcommand. verify <file>:: Used to check that a bundle file is valid and will apply @@ -75,6 +80,33 @@ unbundle <file>:: necessarily everything in the pack (in this case, 'git bundle' acts like 'git fetch-pack'). +--progress:: + Progress status is reported on the standard error stream + by default when it is attached to a terminal, unless -q + is specified. This flag forces progress status even if + the standard error stream is not directed to a terminal. + +--all-progress:: + When --stdout is specified then progress report is + displayed during the object count and compression phases + but inhibited during the write-out phase. The reason is + that in some cases the output stream is directly linked + to another command which may wish to display progress + status of its own as it processes incoming pack data. + This flag is like --progress except that it forces progress + report for the write-out phase as well even if --stdout is + used. + +--all-progress-implied:: + This is used to imply --all-progress whenever progress display + is activated. Unlike --all-progress this flag doesn't actually + force any progress display by itself. + +-q:: +--quiet:: + This flag makes the command not to report its progress + on the standard error stream. + SPECIFYING REFERENCES --------------------- @@ -92,6 +124,14 @@ It is okay to err on the side of caution, causing the bundle file to contain objects already in the destination, as these are ignored when unpacking at the destination. +`git clone` can use any bundle created without negative refspecs +(e.g., `new`, but not `old..new`). +If you want to match `git clone --mirror`, which would include your +refs such as `refs/remotes/*`, use `--all`. +If you want to provide the same set of refs that a clone directly +from the source repository would get, use `--branches --tags` for +the `<git-rev-list-args>`. + EXAMPLES -------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-check-attr.txt b/Documentation/git-check-attr.txt index 3c0578217b..84f41a8e82 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-check-attr.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-check-attr.txt @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ OPTIONS instead of from the command-line. -z:: - The output format is modified to be machine-parseable. + The output format is modified to be machine-parsable. If `--stdin` is also given, input paths are separated with a NUL character instead of a linefeed character. diff --git a/Documentation/git-check-ignore.txt b/Documentation/git-check-ignore.txt index 8b42cb3fb2..0c3924a63d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-check-ignore.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-check-ignore.txt @@ -30,16 +30,22 @@ OPTIONS valid with a single pathname. -v, --verbose:: - Also output details about the matching pattern (if any) - for each given pathname. For precedence rules within and - between exclude sources, see linkgit:gitignore[5]. + Instead of printing the paths that are excluded, for each path + that matches an exclude pattern, print the exclude pattern + together with the path. (Matching an exclude pattern usually + means the path is excluded, but if the pattern begins with '!' + then it is a negated pattern and matching it means the path is + NOT excluded.) ++ +For precedence rules within and between exclude sources, see +linkgit:gitignore[5]. --stdin:: Read pathnames from the standard input, one per line, instead of from the command-line. -z:: - The output format is modified to be machine-parseable (see + The output format is modified to be machine-parsable (see below). If `--stdin` is also given, input paths are separated with a NUL character instead of a linefeed character. diff --git a/Documentation/git-checkout.txt b/Documentation/git-checkout.txt index cf3cac0a2b..c8fb995fa7 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-checkout.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-checkout.txt @@ -12,14 +12,14 @@ SYNOPSIS 'git checkout' [-q] [-f] [-m] --detach [<branch>] 'git checkout' [-q] [-f] [-m] [--detach] <commit> 'git checkout' [-q] [-f] [-m] [[-b|-B|--orphan] <new_branch>] [<start_point>] -'git checkout' [-f|--ours|--theirs|-m|--conflict=<style>] [<tree-ish>] [--] <paths>... -'git checkout' [<tree-ish>] [--] <pathspec>... -'git checkout' (-p|--patch) [<tree-ish>] [--] [<paths>...] +'git checkout' [-f|--ours|--theirs|-m|--conflict=<style>] [<tree-ish>] [--] <pathspec>... +'git checkout' [-f|--ours|--theirs|-m|--conflict=<style>] [<tree-ish>] --pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul] +'git checkout' (-p|--patch) [<tree-ish>] [--] [<pathspec>...] DESCRIPTION ----------- Updates files in the working tree to match the version in the index -or the specified tree. If no paths are given, 'git checkout' will +or the specified tree. If no pathspec was given, 'git checkout' will also update `HEAD` to set the specified branch as the current branch. @@ -79,13 +79,14 @@ be used to detach `HEAD` at the tip of the branch (`git checkout + Omitting `<branch>` detaches `HEAD` at the tip of the current branch. -'git checkout' [<tree-ish>] [--] <pathspec>...:: +'git checkout' [-f|--ours|--theirs|-m|--conflict=<style>] [<tree-ish>] [--] <pathspec>...:: +'git checkout' [-f|--ours|--theirs|-m|--conflict=<style>] [<tree-ish>] --pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]:: - Overwrite paths in the working tree by replacing with the - contents in the index or in the `<tree-ish>` (most often a - commit). When a `<tree-ish>` is given, the paths that - match the `<pathspec>` are updated both in the index and in - the working tree. + Overwrite the contents of the files that match the pathspec. + When the `<tree-ish>` (most often a commit) is not given, + overwrite working tree with the contents in the index. + When the `<tree-ish>` is given, overwrite both the index and + the working tree with the contents at the `<tree-ish>`. + The index may contain unmerged entries because of a previous failed merge. By default, if you try to check out such an entry from the index, the @@ -96,12 +97,10 @@ using `--ours` or `--theirs`. With `-m`, changes made to the working tree file can be discarded to re-create the original conflicted merge result. 'git checkout' (-p|--patch) [<tree-ish>] [--] [<pathspec>...]:: - This is similar to the "check out paths to the working tree - from either the index or from a tree-ish" mode described - above, but lets you use the interactive interface to show - the "diff" output and choose which hunks to use in the - result. See below for the description of `--patch` option. - + This is similar to the previous mode, but lets you use the + interactive interface to show the "diff" output and choose which + hunks to use in the result. See below for the description of + `--patch` option. OPTIONS ------- @@ -309,6 +308,19 @@ Note that this option uses the no overlay mode by default (see also working tree, but not in `<tree-ish>` are removed, to make them match `<tree-ish>` exactly. +--pathspec-from-file=<file>:: + Pathspec is passed in `<file>` instead of commandline args. If + `<file>` is exactly `-` then standard input is used. Pathspec + elements are separated by LF or CR/LF. Pathspec elements can be + quoted as explained for the configuration variable `core.quotePath` + (see linkgit:git-config[1]). See also `--pathspec-file-nul` and + global `--literal-pathspecs`. + +--pathspec-file-nul:: + Only meaningful with `--pathspec-from-file`. Pathspec elements are + separated with NUL character and all other characters are taken + literally (including newlines and quotes). + <branch>:: Branch to checkout; if it refers to a branch (i.e., a name that, when prepended with "refs/heads/", is a valid ref), then that @@ -339,7 +351,13 @@ leave out at most one of `A` and `B`, in which case it defaults to `HEAD`. Tree to checkout from (when paths are given). If not specified, the index will be used. +\--:: + Do not interpret any more arguments as options. +<pathspec>...:: + Limits the paths affected by the operation. ++ +For more details, see the 'pathspec' entry in linkgit:gitglossary[7]. DETACHED HEAD ------------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-cherry-pick.txt b/Documentation/git-cherry-pick.txt index 83ce51aedf..75feeef08a 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-cherry-pick.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-cherry-pick.txt @@ -109,9 +109,12 @@ effect to your index in a row. -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign commits. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, it must be - stuck to the option without a space. + stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` is useful to + countermand both `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable, and + earlier `--gpg-sign`. --ff:: If the current HEAD is the same as the parent of the diff --git a/Documentation/git-clone.txt b/Documentation/git-clone.txt index 34011c2940..08d6045c4a 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-clone.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-clone.txt @@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ SYNOPSIS [--dissociate] [--separate-git-dir <git dir>] [--depth <depth>] [--[no-]single-branch] [--no-tags] [--recurse-submodules[=<pathspec>]] [--[no-]shallow-submodules] - [--[no-]remote-submodules] [--jobs <n>] [--] <repository> + [--[no-]remote-submodules] [--jobs <n>] [--sparse] + [--filter=<filter>] [--] <repository> [<directory>] DESCRIPTION @@ -156,6 +157,22 @@ objects from the source repository into a pack in the cloned repository. used, neither remote-tracking branches nor the related configuration variables are created. +--sparse:: + Initialize the sparse-checkout file so the working + directory starts with only the files in the root + of the repository. The sparse-checkout file can be + modified to grow the working directory as needed. + +--filter=<filter-spec>:: + Use the partial clone feature and request that the server sends + a subset of reachable objects according to a given object filter. + When using `--filter`, the supplied `<filter-spec>` is used for + the partial clone filter. For example, `--filter=blob:none` will + filter out all blobs (file contents) until needed by Git. Also, + `--filter=blob:limit=<size>` will filter out all blobs of size + at least `<size>`. For more details on filter specifications, see + the `--filter` option in linkgit:git-rev-list[1]. + --mirror:: Set up a mirror of the source repository. This implies `--bare`. Compared to `--bare`, `--mirror` not only maps local branches of the @@ -262,9 +279,9 @@ or `--mirror` is given) All submodules which are cloned will be shallow with a depth of 1. --[no-]remote-submodules:: - All submodules which are cloned will use the status of the submodule’s + All submodules which are cloned will use the status of the submodule's remote-tracking branch to update the submodule, rather than the - superproject’s recorded SHA-1. Equivalent to passing `--remote` to + superproject's recorded SHA-1. Equivalent to passing `--remote` to `git submodule update`. --separate-git-dir=<git dir>:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-commit-graph.txt b/Documentation/git-commit-graph.txt index 8c708a7a16..28d1fee505 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-commit-graph.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-commit-graph.txt @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ git-commit-graph - Write and verify Git commit-graph files SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git commit-graph read' [--object-dir <dir>] 'git commit-graph verify' [--object-dir <dir>] [--shallow] [--[no-]progress] 'git commit-graph write' <options> [--object-dir <dir>] [--[no-]progress] @@ -27,7 +26,10 @@ OPTIONS file. This parameter exists to specify the location of an alternate that only has the objects directory, not a full `.git` directory. The commit-graph file is expected to be in the `<dir>/info` directory and - the packfiles are expected to be in `<dir>/pack`. + the packfiles are expected to be in `<dir>/pack`. If the directory + could not be made into an absolute path, or does not match any known + object directory, `git commit-graph ...` will exit with non-zero + status. --[no-]progress:: Turn progress on/off explicitly. If neither is specified, progress is @@ -74,11 +76,6 @@ Finally, if `--expire-time=<datetime>` is not specified, let `datetime` be the current time. After writing the split commit-graph, delete all unused commit-graph whose modified times are older than `datetime`. -'read':: - -Read the commit-graph file and output basic details about it. -Used for debugging purposes. - 'verify':: Read the commit-graph file and verify its contents against the object @@ -118,12 +115,6 @@ $ git show-ref -s | git commit-graph write --stdin-commits $ git rev-parse HEAD | git commit-graph write --stdin-commits --append ------------------------------------------------ -* Read basic information from the commit-graph file. -+ ------------------------------------------------- -$ git commit-graph read ------------------------------------------------- - GIT --- diff --git a/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt b/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt index 4b90b9c12a..2e2c581098 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt @@ -61,14 +61,11 @@ OPTIONS -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign commits. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, it must be - stuck to the option without a space. - ---no-gpg-sign:: - Do not GPG-sign commit, to countermand a `--gpg-sign` option - given earlier on the command line. - + stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` is useful to + countermand a `--gpg-sign` option given earlier on the command line. Commit Information ------------------ @@ -79,26 +76,6 @@ A commit encapsulates: - author name, email and date - committer name and email and the commit time. -While parent object ids are provided on the command line, author and -committer information is taken from the following environment variables, -if set: - - GIT_AUTHOR_NAME - GIT_AUTHOR_EMAIL - GIT_AUTHOR_DATE - GIT_COMMITTER_NAME - GIT_COMMITTER_EMAIL - GIT_COMMITTER_DATE - -(nb "<", ">" and "\n"s are stripped) - -In case (some of) these environment variables are not set, the information -is taken from the configuration items user.name and user.email, or, if not -present, the environment variable EMAIL, or, if that is not set, -system user name and the hostname used for outgoing mail (taken -from `/etc/mailname` and falling back to the fully qualified hostname when -that file does not exist). - A commit comment is read from stdin. If a changelog entry is not provided via "<" redirection, 'git commit-tree' will just wait for one to be entered and terminated with ^D. @@ -117,6 +94,7 @@ FILES SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-write-tree[1] +linkgit:git-commit[1] GIT --- diff --git a/Documentation/git-commit.txt b/Documentation/git-commit.txt index afa7b75a23..a3baea32ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-commit.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-commit.txt @@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ SYNOPSIS [-F <file> | -m <msg>] [--reset-author] [--allow-empty] [--allow-empty-message] [--no-verify] [-e] [--author=<author>] [--date=<date>] [--cleanup=<mode>] [--[no-]status] - [-i | -o] [-S[<keyid>]] [--] [<file>...] + [-i | -o] [--pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]] + [-S[<keyid>]] [--] [<pathspec>...] DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -278,6 +279,19 @@ FROM UPSTREAM REBASE" section in linkgit:git-rebase[1].) already been staged. If used together with `--allow-empty` paths are also not required, and an empty commit will be created. +--pathspec-from-file=<file>:: + Pathspec is passed in `<file>` instead of commandline args. If + `<file>` is exactly `-` then standard input is used. Pathspec + elements are separated by LF or CR/LF. Pathspec elements can be + quoted as explained for the configuration variable `core.quotePath` + (see linkgit:git-config[1]). See also `--pathspec-file-nul` and + global `--literal-pathspecs`. + +--pathspec-file-nul:: + Only meaningful with `--pathspec-from-file`. Pathspec elements are + separated with NUL character and all other characters are taken + literally (including newlines and quotes). + -u[<mode>]:: --untracked-files[=<mode>]:: Show untracked files. @@ -334,26 +348,23 @@ changes to tracked files. -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign commits. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, it must be - stuck to the option without a space. - ---no-gpg-sign:: - Countermand `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable that is - set to force each and every commit to be signed. + stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` is useful to + countermand both `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable, and + earlier `--gpg-sign`. \--:: Do not interpret any more arguments as options. -<file>...:: - When files are given on the command line, the command - commits the contents of the named files, without - recording the changes already staged. The contents of - these files are also staged for the next commit on top - of what have been staged before. - -:git-commit: 1 -include::date-formats.txt[] +<pathspec>...:: + When pathspec is given on the command line, commit the contents of + the files that match the pathspec without recording the changes + already added to the index. The contents of these files are also + staged for the next commit on top of what have been staged before. ++ +For more details, see the 'pathspec' entry in linkgit:gitglossary[7]. EXAMPLES -------- @@ -448,6 +459,43 @@ alter the order the changes are committed, because the merge should be recorded as a single commit. In fact, the command refuses to run when given pathnames (but see `-i` option). +COMMIT INFORMATION +------------------ + +Author and committer information is taken from the following environment +variables, if set: + + GIT_AUTHOR_NAME + GIT_AUTHOR_EMAIL + GIT_AUTHOR_DATE + GIT_COMMITTER_NAME + GIT_COMMITTER_EMAIL + GIT_COMMITTER_DATE + +(nb "<", ">" and "\n"s are stripped) + +The author and committer names are by convention some form of a personal name +(that is, the name by which other humans refer to you), although Git does not +enforce or require any particular form. Arbitrary Unicode may be used, subject +to the constraints listed above. This name has no effect on authentication; for +that, see the `credential.username` variable in linkgit:git-config[1]. + +In case (some of) these environment variables are not set, the information +is taken from the configuration items `user.name` and `user.email`, or, if not +present, the environment variable EMAIL, or, if that is not set, +system user name and the hostname used for outgoing mail (taken +from `/etc/mailname` and falling back to the fully qualified hostname when +that file does not exist). + +The `author.name` and `committer.name` and their corresponding email options +override `user.name` and `user.email` if set and are overridden themselves by +the environment variables. + +The typical usage is to set just the `user.name` and `user.email` variables; +the other options are provided for more complex use cases. + +:git-commit: 1 +include::date-formats.txt[] DISCUSSION ---------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-config.txt b/Documentation/git-config.txt index 899e92a1c9..7573160f21 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-config.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-config.txt @@ -9,18 +9,18 @@ git-config - Get and set repository or global options SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git config' [<file-option>] [--type=<type>] [--show-origin] [-z|--null] name [value [value_regex]] +'git config' [<file-option>] [--type=<type>] [--show-origin] [--show-scope] [-z|--null] name [value [value_regex]] 'git config' [<file-option>] [--type=<type>] --add name value 'git config' [<file-option>] [--type=<type>] --replace-all name value [value_regex] -'git config' [<file-option>] [--type=<type>] [--show-origin] [-z|--null] --get name [value_regex] -'git config' [<file-option>] [--type=<type>] [--show-origin] [-z|--null] --get-all name [value_regex] -'git config' [<file-option>] [--type=<type>] [--show-origin] [-z|--null] [--name-only] --get-regexp name_regex [value_regex] +'git config' [<file-option>] [--type=<type>] [--show-origin] [--show-scope] [-z|--null] --get name [value_regex] +'git config' [<file-option>] [--type=<type>] [--show-origin] [--show-scope] [-z|--null] --get-all name [value_regex] +'git config' [<file-option>] [--type=<type>] [--show-origin] [--show-scope] [-z|--null] [--name-only] --get-regexp name_regex [value_regex] 'git config' [<file-option>] [--type=<type>] [-z|--null] --get-urlmatch name URL 'git config' [<file-option>] --unset name [value_regex] 'git config' [<file-option>] --unset-all name [value_regex] 'git config' [<file-option>] --rename-section old_name new_name 'git config' [<file-option>] --remove-section name -'git config' [<file-option>] [--show-origin] [-z|--null] [--name-only] -l | --list +'git config' [<file-option>] [--show-origin] [--show-scope] [-z|--null] [--name-only] -l | --list 'git config' [<file-option>] --get-color name [default] 'git config' [<file-option>] --get-colorbool name [stdout-is-tty] 'git config' [<file-option>] -e | --edit @@ -222,6 +222,11 @@ Valid `<type>`'s include: the actual origin (config file path, ref, or blob id if applicable). +--show-scope:: + Similar to `--show-origin` in that it augments the output of + all queried config options with the scope of that value + (local, global, system, command). + --get-colorbool name [stdout-is-tty]:: Find the color setting for `name` (e.g. `color.diff`) and output diff --git a/Documentation/git-credential.txt b/Documentation/git-credential.txt index b211440373..6f0c7ca80f 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-credential.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-credential.txt @@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ from system-specific helpers, as well as prompting the user for usernames and passwords. The git-credential command exposes this interface to scripts which may want to retrieve, store, or prompt for credentials in the same manner as Git. The design of this scriptable -interface models the internal C API; see -link:technical/api-credentials.html[the Git credential API] for more +interface models the internal C API; see credential.h for more background on the concepts. git-credential takes an "action" option on the command-line (one of diff --git a/Documentation/git-cvsserver.txt b/Documentation/git-cvsserver.txt index 79e22b1f3a..1b1c71ad9d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-cvsserver.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-cvsserver.txt @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ In `dbDriver` and `dbUser` you can use the following variables: Git directory name %g:: Git directory name, where all characters except for - alpha-numeric ones, `.`, and `-` are replaced with + alphanumeric ones, `.`, and `-` are replaced with `_` (this should make it easier to use the directory name in a filename if wanted) %m:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-diff.txt b/Documentation/git-diff.txt index 72179d993c..37781cf175 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-diff.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-diff.txt @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ two blob objects, or changes between two files on disk. running the command in a working tree controlled by Git and at least one of the paths points outside the working tree, or when running the command outside a working tree - controlled by Git. + controlled by Git. This form implies `--exit-code`. 'git diff' [<options>] --cached [<commit>] [--] [<path>...]:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt b/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt index 37634bffd1..e8950de3ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ by keeping the marks the same across runs. Specify how to handle `encoding` header in commit objects. When asking to 'abort' (which is the default), this program will die when encountering such a commit object. With 'yes', the commit - message will be reencoded into UTF-8. With 'no', the original + message will be re-encoded into UTF-8. With 'no', the original encoding will be preserved. --refspec:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt b/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt index a3f1e0c5e4..77c6b3d001 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt @@ -51,6 +51,21 @@ OPTIONS memory used by fast-import during this run. Showing this output is currently the default, but can be disabled with --quiet. +--allow-unsafe-features:: + Many command-line options can be provided as part of the + fast-import stream itself by using the `feature` or `option` + commands. However, some of these options are unsafe (e.g., + allowing fast-import to access the filesystem outside of the + repository). These options are disabled by default, but can be + allowed by providing this option on the command line. This + currently impacts only the `export-marks`, `import-marks`, and + `import-marks-if-exists` feature commands. ++ + Only enable this option if you trust the program generating the + fast-import stream! This option is enabled automatically for + remote-helpers that use the `import` capability, as they are + already trusted to run their own code. + Options for Frontends ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -107,6 +122,26 @@ Locations of Marks Files Relative and non-relative marks may be combined by interweaving --(no-)-relative-marks with the --(import|export)-marks= options. +Submodule Rewriting +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +--rewrite-submodules-from=<name>:<file>:: +--rewrite-submodules-to=<name>:<file>:: + Rewrite the object IDs for the submodule specified by <name> from the values + used in the from <file> to those used in the to <file>. The from marks should + have been created by `git fast-export`, and the to marks should have been + created by `git fast-import` when importing that same submodule. ++ +<name> may be any arbitrary string not containing a colon character, but the +same value must be used with both options when specifying corresponding marks. +Multiple submodules may be specified with different values for <name>. It is an +error not to use these options in corresponding pairs. ++ +These options are primarily useful when converting a repository from one hash +algorithm to another; without them, fast-import will fail if it encounters a +submodule because it has no way of writing the object ID into the new hash +algorithm. + Performance and Compression Tuning ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/git-filter-branch.txt b/Documentation/git-filter-branch.txt index 5876598852..40ba4aa3e6 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-filter-branch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-filter-branch.txt @@ -466,13 +466,13 @@ The performance of git-filter-branch is glacially slow; its design makes it impossible for a backward-compatible implementation to ever be fast: * In editing files, git-filter-branch by design checks out each and -every commit as it existed in the original repo. If your repo has 10\^5 -files and 10\^5 commits, but each commit only modifies 5 files, then -git-filter-branch will make you do 10\^10 modifications, despite only -having (at most) 5*10^5 unique blobs. + every commit as it existed in the original repo. If your repo has + `10^5` files and `10^5` commits, but each commit only modifies five + files, then git-filter-branch will make you do `10^10` modifications, + despite only having (at most) `5*10^5` unique blobs. * If you try and cheat and try to make git-filter-branch only work on -files modified in a commit, then two things happen + files modified in a commit, then two things happen ** you run into problems with deletions whenever the user is simply trying to rename files (because attempting to delete files that @@ -481,39 +481,41 @@ files modified in a commit, then two things happen user-provided shell) ** even if you succeed at the map-deletes-for-renames chicanery, you - still technically violate backward compatibility because users are - allowed to filter files in ways that depend upon topology of - commits instead of filtering solely based on file contents or names - (though this has not been observed in the wild). + still technically violate backward compatibility because users + are allowed to filter files in ways that depend upon topology of + commits instead of filtering solely based on file contents or + names (though this has not been observed in the wild). * Even if you don't need to edit files but only want to e.g. rename or -remove some and thus can avoid checking out each file (i.e. you can use ---index-filter), you still are passing shell snippets for your filters. -This means that for every commit, you have to have a prepared git repo -where those filters can be run. That's a significant setup. - -* Further, several additional files are created or updated per commit by -git-filter-branch. Some of these are for supporting the convenience -functions provided by git-filter-branch (such as map()), while others -are for keeping track of internal state (but could have also been -accessed by user filters; one of git-filter-branch's regression tests -does so). This essentially amounts to using the filesystem as an IPC -mechanism between git-filter-branch and the user-provided filters. -Disks tend to be a slow IPC mechanism, and writing these files also -effectively represents a forced synchronization point between separate -processes that we hit with every commit. + remove some and thus can avoid checking out each file (i.e. you can + use --index-filter), you still are passing shell snippets for your + filters. This means that for every commit, you have to have a + prepared git repo where those filters can be run. That's a + significant setup. + +* Further, several additional files are created or updated per commit + by git-filter-branch. Some of these are for supporting the + convenience functions provided by git-filter-branch (such as map()), + while others are for keeping track of internal state (but could have + also been accessed by user filters; one of git-filter-branch's + regression tests does so). This essentially amounts to using the + filesystem as an IPC mechanism between git-filter-branch and the + user-provided filters. Disks tend to be a slow IPC mechanism, and + writing these files also effectively represents a forced + synchronization point between separate processes that we hit with + every commit. * The user-provided shell commands will likely involve a pipeline of -commands, resulting in the creation of many processes per commit. -Creating and running another process takes a widely varying amount of -time between operating systems, but on any platform it is very slow -relative to invoking a function. + commands, resulting in the creation of many processes per commit. + Creating and running another process takes a widely varying amount + of time between operating systems, but on any platform it is very + slow relative to invoking a function. * git-filter-branch itself is written in shell, which is kind of slow. -This is the one performance issue that could be backward-compatibly -fixed, but compared to the above problems that are intrinsic to the -design of git-filter-branch, the language of the tool itself is a -relatively minor issue. + This is the one performance issue that could be backward-compatibly + fixed, but compared to the above problems that are intrinsic to the + design of git-filter-branch, the language of the tool itself is a + relatively minor issue. ** Side note: Unfortunately, people tend to fixate on the written-in-shell aspect and periodically ask if git-filter-branch @@ -534,7 +536,7 @@ repo-filter' also provides https://github.com/newren/git-filter-repo/blob/master/contrib/filter-repo-demos/filter-lamely[filter-lamely], a drop-in git-filter-branch replacement (with a few caveats). While filter-lamely suffers from all the same safety issues as -git-filter-branch, it at least ameloriates the performance issues a +git-filter-branch, it at least ameliorates the performance issues a little. [[SAFETY]] @@ -546,51 +548,55 @@ easily corrupt repos or end up with a mess worse than what you started with: * Someone can have a set of "working and tested filters" which they -document or provide to a coworker, who then runs them on a different OS -where the same commands are not working/tested (some examples in the -git-filter-branch manpage are also affected by this). BSD vs. GNU -userland differences can really bite. If lucky, error messages are -spewed. But just as likely, the commands either don't do the filtering -requested, or silently corrupt by making some unwanted change. The -unwanted change may only affect a few commits, so it's not necessarily -obvious either. (The fact that problems won't necessarily be obvious -means they are likely to go unnoticed until the rewritten history is in -use for quite a while, at which point it's really hard to justify -another flag-day for another rewrite.) + document or provide to a coworker, who then runs them on a different + OS where the same commands are not working/tested (some examples in + the git-filter-branch manpage are also affected by this). + BSD vs. GNU userland differences can really bite. If lucky, error + messages are spewed. But just as likely, the commands either don't + do the filtering requested, or silently corrupt by making some + unwanted change. The unwanted change may only affect a few commits, + so it's not necessarily obvious either. (The fact that problems + won't necessarily be obvious means they are likely to go unnoticed + until the rewritten history is in use for quite a while, at which + point it's really hard to justify another flag-day for another + rewrite.) * Filenames with spaces are often mishandled by shell snippets since -they cause problems for shell pipelines. Not everyone is familiar with -find -print0, xargs -0, git-ls-files -z, etc. Even people who are -familiar with these may assume such flags are not relevant because -someone else renamed any such files in their repo back before the person -doing the filtering joined the project. And often, even those familiar -with handling arguments with spaces may not do so just because they -aren't in the mindset of thinking about everything that could possibly -go wrong. - -* Non-ascii filenames can be silently removed despite being in a desired -directory. Keeping only wanted paths is often done using pipelines like -`git ls-files | grep -v ^WANTED_DIR/ | xargs git rm`. ls-files will -only quote filenames if needed, so folks may not notice that one of the -files didn't match the regex (at least not until it's much too late). -Yes, someone who knows about core.quotePath can avoid this (unless they -have other special characters like \t, \n, or "), and people who use -ls-files -z with something other than grep can avoid this, but that -doesn't mean they will. - -* Similarly, when moving files around, one can find that filenames with -non-ascii or special characters end up in a different directory, one -that includes a double quote character. (This is technically the same -issue as above with quoting, but perhaps an interesting different way -that it can and has manifested as a problem.) + they cause problems for shell pipelines. Not everyone is familiar + with find -print0, xargs -0, git-ls-files -z, etc. Even people who + are familiar with these may assume such flags are not relevant + because someone else renamed any such files in their repo back + before the person doing the filtering joined the project. And + often, even those familiar with handling arguments with spaces may + not do so just because they aren't in the mindset of thinking about + everything that could possibly go wrong. + +* Non-ascii filenames can be silently removed despite being in a + desired directory. Keeping only wanted paths is often done using + pipelines like `git ls-files | grep -v ^WANTED_DIR/ | xargs git rm`. + ls-files will only quote filenames if needed, so folks may not + notice that one of the files didn't match the regex (at least not + until it's much too late). Yes, someone who knows about + core.quotePath can avoid this (unless they have other special + characters like \t, \n, or "), and people who use ls-files -z with + something other than grep can avoid this, but that doesn't mean they + will. + +* Similarly, when moving files around, one can find that filenames + with non-ascii or special characters end up in a different + directory, one that includes a double quote character. (This is + technically the same issue as above with quoting, but perhaps an + interesting different way that it can and has manifested as a + problem.) * It's far too easy to accidentally mix up old and new history. It's -still possible with any tool, but git-filter-branch almost invites it. -If lucky, the only downside is users getting frustrated that they don't -know how to shrink their repo and remove the old stuff. If unlucky, -they merge old and new history and end up with multiple "copies" of each -commit, some of which have unwanted or sensitive files and others which -don't. This comes about in multiple different ways: + still possible with any tool, but git-filter-branch almost + invites it. If lucky, the only downside is users getting frustrated + that they don't know how to shrink their repo and remove the old + stuff. If unlucky, they merge old and new history and end up with + multiple "copies" of each commit, some of which have unwanted or + sensitive files and others which don't. This comes about in + multiple different ways: ** the default to only doing a partial history rewrite ('--all' is not the default and few examples show it) @@ -609,8 +615,8 @@ don't. This comes about in multiple different ways: "DISCUSSION" section of the git filter-repo manual page for more details. -* Annotated tags can be accidentally converted to lightweight tags, due -to either of two issues: +* Annotated tags can be accidentally converted to lightweight tags, + due to either of two issues: ** Someone can do a history rewrite, realize they messed up, restore from the backups in refs/original/, and then redo their @@ -623,71 +629,74 @@ to either of two issues: restored from refs/original/ in a previously botched rewrite). * Any commit messages that specify an encoding will become corrupted -by the rewrite; git-filter-branch ignores the encoding, takes the original -bytes, and feeds it to commit-tree without telling it the proper -encoding. (This happens whether or not --msg-filter is used.) + by the rewrite; git-filter-branch ignores the encoding, takes the + original bytes, and feeds it to commit-tree without telling it the + proper encoding. (This happens whether or not --msg-filter is + used.) * Commit messages (even if they are all UTF-8) by default become -corrupted due to not being updated -- any references to other commit -hashes in commit messages will now refer to no-longer-extant commits. - -* There are no facilities for helping users find what unwanted crud they -should delete, which means they are much more likely to have incomplete -or partial cleanups that sometimes result in confusion and people -wasting time trying to understand. (For example, folks tend to just -look for big files to delete instead of big directories or extensions, -and once they do so, then sometime later folks using the new repository -who are going through history will notice a build artifact directory -that has some files but not others, or a cache of dependencies -(node_modules or similar) which couldn't have ever been functional since -it's missing some files.) + corrupted due to not being updated -- any references to other commit + hashes in commit messages will now refer to no-longer-extant + commits. + +* There are no facilities for helping users find what unwanted crud + they should delete, which means they are much more likely to have + incomplete or partial cleanups that sometimes result in confusion + and people wasting time trying to understand. (For example, folks + tend to just look for big files to delete instead of big directories + or extensions, and once they do so, then sometime later folks using + the new repository who are going through history will notice a build + artifact directory that has some files but not others, or a cache of + dependencies (node_modules or similar) which couldn't have ever been + functional since it's missing some files.) * If --prune-empty isn't specified, then the filtering process can -create hoards of confusing empty commits + create hoards of confusing empty commits * If --prune-empty is specified, then intentionally placed empty -commits from before the filtering operation are also pruned instead of -just pruning commits that became empty due to filtering rules. + commits from before the filtering operation are also pruned instead + of just pruning commits that became empty due to filtering rules. -* If --prune empty is specified, sometimes empty commits are missed -and left around anyway (a somewhat rare bug, but it happens...) +* If --prune-empty is specified, sometimes empty commits are missed + and left around anyway (a somewhat rare bug, but it happens...) * A minor issue, but users who have a goal to update all names and -emails in a repository may be led to --env-filter which will only update -authors and committers, missing taggers. + emails in a repository may be led to --env-filter which will only + update authors and committers, missing taggers. * If the user provides a --tag-name-filter that maps multiple tags to -the same name, no warning or error is provided; git-filter-branch simply -overwrites each tag in some undocumented pre-defined order resulting in -only one tag at the end. (A git-filter-branch regression test requires -this surprising behavior.) + the same name, no warning or error is provided; git-filter-branch + simply overwrites each tag in some undocumented pre-defined order + resulting in only one tag at the end. (A git-filter-branch + regression test requires this surprising behavior.) Also, the poor performance of git-filter-branch often leads to safety issues: -* Coming up with the correct shell snippet to do the filtering you want -is sometimes difficult unless you're just doing a trivial modification -such as deleting a couple files. Unfortunately, people often learn if -the snippet is right or wrong by trying it out, but the rightness or -wrongness can vary depending on special circumstances (spaces in -filenames, non-ascii filenames, funny author names or emails, invalid -timezones, presence of grafts or replace objects, etc.), meaning they -may have to wait a long time, hit an error, then restart. The -performance of git-filter-branch is so bad that this cycle is painful, -reducing the time available to carefully re-check (to say nothing about -what it does to the patience of the person doing the rewrite even if -they do technically have more time available). This problem is extra -compounded because errors from broken filters may not be shown for a -long time and/or get lost in a sea of output. Even worse, broken -filters often just result in silent incorrect rewrites. - -* To top it all off, even when users finally find working commands, they -naturally want to share them. But they may be unaware that their repo -didn't have some special cases that someone else's does. So, when -someone else with a different repository runs the same commands, they -get hit by the problems above. Or, the user just runs commands that -really were vetted for special cases, but they run it on a different OS -where it doesn't work, as noted above. +* Coming up with the correct shell snippet to do the filtering you + want is sometimes difficult unless you're just doing a trivial + modification such as deleting a couple files. Unfortunately, people + often learn if the snippet is right or wrong by trying it out, but + the rightness or wrongness can vary depending on special + circumstances (spaces in filenames, non-ascii filenames, funny + author names or emails, invalid timezones, presence of grafts or + replace objects, etc.), meaning they may have to wait a long time, + hit an error, then restart. The performance of git-filter-branch is + so bad that this cycle is painful, reducing the time available to + carefully re-check (to say nothing about what it does to the + patience of the person doing the rewrite even if they do technically + have more time available). This problem is extra compounded because + errors from broken filters may not be shown for a long time and/or + get lost in a sea of output. Even worse, broken filters often just + result in silent incorrect rewrites. + +* To top it all off, even when users finally find working commands, + they naturally want to share them. But they may be unaware that + their repo didn't have some special cases that someone else's does. + So, when someone else with a different repository runs the same + commands, they get hit by the problems above. Or, the user just + runs commands that really were vetted for special cases, but they + run it on a different OS where it doesn't work, as noted above. GIT --- diff --git a/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt b/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt index 2035d4d5d5..0f81d0437b 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt @@ -19,10 +19,12 @@ SYNOPSIS [--start-number <n>] [--numbered-files] [--in-reply-to=<message id>] [--suffix=.<sfx>] [--ignore-if-in-upstream] + [--cover-from-description=<mode>] [--rfc] [--subject-prefix=<subject prefix>] [(--reroll-count|-v) <n>] [--to=<email>] [--cc=<email>] [--[no-]cover-letter] [--quiet] + [--[no-]encode-email-headers] [--no-notes | --notes[=<ref>]] [--interdiff=<previous>] [--range-diff=<previous> [--creation-factor=<percent>]] @@ -172,6 +174,26 @@ will want to ensure that threading is disabled for `git send-email`. patches being generated, and any patch that matches is ignored. +--cover-from-description=<mode>:: + Controls which parts of the cover letter will be automatically + populated using the branch's description. ++ +If `<mode>` is `message` or `default`, the cover letter subject will be +populated with placeholder text. The body of the cover letter will be +populated with the branch's description. This is the default mode when +no configuration nor command line option is specified. ++ +If `<mode>` is `subject`, the first paragraph of the branch description will +populate the cover letter subject. The remainder of the description will +populate the body of the cover letter. ++ +If `<mode>` is `auto`, if the first paragraph of the branch description +is greater than 100 bytes, then the mode will be `message`, otherwise +`subject` will be used. ++ +If `<mode>` is `none`, both the cover letter subject and body will be +populated with placeholder text. + --subject-prefix=<subject prefix>:: Instead of the standard '[PATCH]' prefix in the subject line, instead use '[<subject prefix>]'. This @@ -232,6 +254,13 @@ feeding the result to `git send-email`. containing the branch description, shortlog and the overall diffstat. You can fill in a description in the file before sending it out. +--encode-email-headers:: +--no-encode-email-headers:: + Encode email headers that have non-ASCII characters with + "Q-encoding" (described in RFC 2047), instead of outputting the + headers verbatim. Defaults to the value of the + `format.encodeEmailHeaders` configuration variable. + --interdiff=<previous>:: As a reviewer aid, insert an interdiff into the cover letter, or as commentary of the lone patch of a 1-patch series, showing @@ -312,11 +341,12 @@ you can use `--suffix=-patch` to get `0001-description-of-my-change-patch`. Output an all-zero hash in each patch's From header instead of the hash of the commit. ---base=<commit>:: +--[no-]base[=<commit>]:: Record the base tree information to identify the state the patch series applies to. See the BASE TREE INFORMATION section below for details. If <commit> is "auto", a base commit is - automatically chosen. + automatically chosen. The `--no-base` option overrides a + `format.useAutoBase` configuration. --root:: Treat the revision argument as a <revision range>, even if it @@ -348,6 +378,7 @@ with configuration variables. signOff = true outputDirectory = <directory> coverLetter = auto + coverFromDescription = auto ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/git-grep.txt b/Documentation/git-grep.txt index c89fb569e3..ddb6acc025 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-grep.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-grep.txt @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ grep.extendedRegexp:: other than 'default'. grep.threads:: - Number of grep worker threads to use. If unset (or set to 0), - 8 threads are used by default (for now). + Number of grep worker threads to use. If unset (or set to 0), Git will + use as many threads as the number of logical cores available. grep.fullName:: If set to true, enable `--full-name` option by default. @@ -96,7 +96,8 @@ OPTIONS Recursively search in each submodule that has been initialized and checked out in the repository. When used in combination with the <tree> option the prefix of all submodule output will be the name of - the parent project's <tree> object. + the parent project's <tree> object. This option has no effect + if `--no-index` is given. -a:: --text:: @@ -347,6 +348,17 @@ EXAMPLES `git grep solution -- :^Documentation`:: Looks for `solution`, excluding files in `Documentation`. +NOTES ON THREADS +---------------- + +The `--threads` option (and the grep.threads configuration) will be ignored when +`--open-files-in-pager` is used, forcing a single-threaded execution. + +When grepping the object store (with `--cached` or giving tree objects), running +with multiple threads might perform slower than single threaded if `--textconv` +is given and there're too many text conversions. So if you experience low +performance in this case, it might be desirable to use `--threads=1`. + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-init.txt b/Documentation/git-init.txt index 32880aafb0..adc6adfd38 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-init.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-init.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git init' [-q | --quiet] [--bare] [--template=<template_directory>] - [--separate-git-dir <git dir>] + [--separate-git-dir <git dir>] [--object-format=<format] [--shared[=<permissions>]] [directory] @@ -48,6 +48,11 @@ Only print error and warning messages; all other output will be suppressed. Create a bare repository. If `GIT_DIR` environment is not set, it is set to the current working directory. +--object-format=<format>:: + +Specify the given object format (hash algorithm) for the repository. The valid +values are 'sha1' and (if enabled) 'sha256'. 'sha1' is the default. + --template=<template_directory>:: Specify the directory from which templates will be used. (See the "TEMPLATE diff --git a/Documentation/git-log.txt b/Documentation/git-log.txt index b406bc4c48..bed09bb09e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-log.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-log.txt @@ -76,8 +76,12 @@ produced by `--stat`, etc. (or the function name regex <funcname>) within the <file>. You may not give any pathspec limiters. This is currently limited to a walk starting from a single revision, i.e., you may only - give zero or one positive revision arguments. - You can specify this option more than once. + give zero or one positive revision arguments, and + <start> and <end> (or <funcname>) must exist in the starting revision. + You can specify this option more than once. Implies `--patch`. + Patch output can be suppressed using `--no-patch`, but other diff formats + (namely `--raw`, `--numstat`, `--shortstat`, `--dirstat`, `--summary`, + `--name-only`, `--name-status`, `--check`) are not currently implemented. + include::line-range-format.txt[] diff --git a/Documentation/git-ls-remote.txt b/Documentation/git-ls-remote.txt index a2ea1fd687..0a5c8b7d49 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-ls-remote.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-ls-remote.txt @@ -28,7 +28,9 @@ OPTIONS Limit to only refs/heads and refs/tags, respectively. These options are _not_ mutually exclusive; when given both, references stored in refs/heads and refs/tags are - displayed. + displayed. Note that `git ls-remote -h` used without + anything else on the command line gives help, consistent + with other git subcommands. --refs:: Do not show peeled tags or pseudorefs like `HEAD` in the output. diff --git a/Documentation/git-multi-pack-index.txt b/Documentation/git-multi-pack-index.txt index 233b2b7862..642d9ac5b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-multi-pack-index.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-multi-pack-index.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ git-multi-pack-index - Write and verify multi-pack-indexes SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git multi-pack-index' [--object-dir=<dir>] <subcommand> +'git multi-pack-index' [--object-dir=<dir>] [--[no-]progress] <subcommand> DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -23,6 +23,10 @@ OPTIONS `<dir>/packs/multi-pack-index` for the current MIDX file, and `<dir>/packs` for the pack-files to index. +--[no-]progress:: + Turn progress on/off explicitly. If neither is specified, progress is + shown if standard error is connected to a terminal. + The following subcommands are available: write:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-notes.txt b/Documentation/git-notes.txt index f56a5a9197..ced2e8280e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-notes.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-notes.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ SYNOPSIS [verse] 'git notes' [list [<object>]] 'git notes' add [-f] [--allow-empty] [-F <file> | -m <msg> | (-c | -C) <object>] [<object>] -'git notes' copy [-f] ( --stdin | <from-object> <to-object> ) +'git notes' copy [-f] ( --stdin | <from-object> [<to-object>] ) 'git notes' append [--allow-empty] [-F <file> | -m <msg> | (-c | -C) <object>] [<object>] 'git notes' edit [--allow-empty] [<object>] 'git notes' show [<object>] @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ add:: subcommand). copy:: - Copy the notes for the first object onto the second object. - Abort if the second object already has notes, or if the first + Copy the notes for the first object onto the second object (defaults to + HEAD). Abort if the second object already has notes, or if the first object has none (use -f to overwrite existing notes to the second object). This subcommand is equivalent to: `git notes add [-f] -C $(git notes list <from-object>) <to-object>` diff --git a/Documentation/git-p4.txt b/Documentation/git-p4.txt index 3494a1db3e..dab9609013 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-p4.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-p4.txt @@ -374,14 +374,55 @@ These options can be used to modify 'git p4 submit' behavior. been submitted. Implies --disable-rebase. Can also be set with git-p4.disableP4Sync. Sync with origin/master still goes ahead if possible. -Hook for submit -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Hooks for submit +---------------- + +p4-pre-submit +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + The `p4-pre-submit` hook is executed if it exists and is executable. The hook takes no parameters and nothing from standard input. Exiting with non-zero status from this script prevents `git-p4 submit` from launching. +It can be bypassed with the `--no-verify` command line option. One usage scenario is to run unit tests in the hook. +p4-prepare-changelist +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The `p4-prepare-changelist` hook is executed right after preparing +the default changelist message and before the editor is started. +It takes one parameter, the name of the file that contains the +changelist text. Exiting with a non-zero status from the script +will abort the process. + +The purpose of the hook is to edit the message file in place, +and it is not supressed by the `--no-verify` option. This hook +is called even if `--prepare-p4-only` is set. + +p4-changelist +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The `p4-changelist` hook is executed after the changelist +message has been edited by the user. It can be bypassed with the +`--no-verify` option. It takes a single parameter, the name +of the file that holds the proposed changelist text. Exiting +with a non-zero status causes the command to abort. + +The hook is allowed to edit the changelist file and can be used +to normalize the text into some project standard format. It can +also be used to refuse the Submit after inspect the message file. + +p4-post-changelist +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The `p4-post-changelist` hook is invoked after the submit has +successfully occured in P4. It takes no parameters and is meant +primarily for notification and cannot affect the outcome of the +git p4 submit action. + + + Rebase options ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ These options can be used to modify 'git p4 rebase' behavior. diff --git a/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt b/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt index fecdf2600c..eaa2f2a404 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ SYNOPSIS [--local] [--incremental] [--window=<n>] [--depth=<n>] [--revs [--unpacked | --all]] [--keep-pack=<pack-name>] [--stdout [--filter=<filter-spec>] | base-name] - [--shallow] [--keep-true-parents] [--sparse] < object-list + [--shallow] [--keep-true-parents] [--[no-]sparse] < object-list DESCRIPTION @@ -196,14 +196,16 @@ depth is 4095. Add --no-reuse-object if you want to force a uniform compression level on all data no matter the source. ---sparse:: - Use the "sparse" algorithm to determine which objects to include in +--[no-]sparse:: + Toggle the "sparse" algorithm to determine which objects to include in the pack, when combined with the "--revs" option. This algorithm only walks trees that appear in paths that introduce new objects. This can have significant performance benefits when computing a pack to send a small change. However, it is possible that extra objects are added to the pack-file if the included commits contain - certain types of direct renames. + certain types of direct renames. If this option is not included, + it defaults to the value of `pack.useSparse`, which is true unless + otherwise specified. --thin:: Create a "thin" pack by omitting the common objects between a diff --git a/Documentation/git-pull.txt b/Documentation/git-pull.txt index dfb901f8b8..21e10905fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-pull.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-pull.txt @@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ branch.<name>.merge options; see linkgit:git-config[1] for details. $ git pull origin next ------------------------------------------------ + -This leaves a copy of `next` temporarily in FETCH_HEAD, but -does not update any remote-tracking branches. Using remote-tracking -branches, the same can be done by invoking fetch and merge: +This leaves a copy of `next` temporarily in FETCH_HEAD, and +updates the remote-tracking branch `origin/next`. +The same can be done by invoking fetch and merge: + ------------------------------------------------ $ git fetch origin diff --git a/Documentation/git-range-diff.txt b/Documentation/git-range-diff.txt index 8a6ea2c6c5..9701c1e5fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-range-diff.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-range-diff.txt @@ -57,6 +57,10 @@ to revert to color all lines according to the outer diff markers See the ``Algorithm`` section below for an explanation why this is needed. +--[no-]notes[=<ref>]:: + This flag is passed to the `git log` program + (see linkgit:git-log[1]) that generates the patches. + <range1> <range2>:: Compare the commits specified by the two ranges, where `<range1>` is considered an older version of `<range2>`. @@ -75,7 +79,7 @@ to revert to color all lines according to the outer diff markers linkgit:git-diff[1]), most notably the `--color=[<when>]` and `--no-color` options. These options are used when generating the "diff between patches", i.e. to compare the author, commit message and diff of -corresponding old/new commits. There is currently no means to tweak the +corresponding old/new commits. There is currently no means to tweak most of the diff options passed to `git log` when generating those patches. OUTPUT STABILITY @@ -242,7 +246,7 @@ corresponding. The overall time needed to compute this algorithm is the time needed to compute n+m commit diffs and then n*m diffs of patches, plus the time -needed to compute the least-cost assigment between n and m diffs. Git +needed to compute the least-cost assignment between n and m diffs. Git uses an implementation of the Jonker-Volgenant algorithm to solve the assignment problem, which has cubic runtime complexity. The matching found in this case will look like this: diff --git a/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt b/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt index d271842608..da33f84f33 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ support. SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-write-tree[1]; linkgit:git-ls-files[1]; -linkgit:gitignore[5] +linkgit:gitignore[5]; linkgit:git-sparse-checkout[1]; GIT --- diff --git a/Documentation/git-rebase.txt b/Documentation/git-rebase.txt index 639a4179d1..f0dfaac6d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rebase.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rebase.txt @@ -258,16 +258,45 @@ See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. original branch. The index and working tree are also left unchanged as a result. ---keep-empty:: - Keep the commits that do not change anything from its - parents in the result. +--apply: + Use applying strategies to rebase (calling `git-am` + internally). This option may become a no-op in the future + once the merge backend handles everything the apply one does. ++ +See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. + +--empty={drop,keep,ask}:: + How to handle commits that are not empty to start and are not + clean cherry-picks of any upstream commit, but which become + empty after rebasing (because they contain a subset of already + upstream changes). With drop (the default), commits that + become empty are dropped. With keep, such commits are kept. + With ask (implied by --interactive), the rebase will halt when + an empty commit is applied allowing you to choose whether to + drop it, edit files more, or just commit the empty changes. + Other options, like --exec, will use the default of drop unless + -i/--interactive is explicitly specified. ++ +Note that commits which start empty are kept, and commits which are +clean cherry-picks (as determined by `git log --cherry-mark ...`) are +always dropped. + See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. +--keep-empty:: + No-op. Rebasing commits that started empty (had no change + relative to their parent) used to fail and this option would + override that behavior, allowing commits with empty changes to + be rebased. Now commits with no changes do not cause rebasing + to halt. ++ +See also BEHAVIORAL DIFFERENCES and INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. + --allow-empty-message:: - By default, rebasing commits with an empty message will fail. - This option overrides that behavior, allowing commits with empty - messages to be rebased. + No-op. Rebasing commits with an empty message used to fail + and this option would override that behavior, allowing commits + with empty messages to be rebased. Now commits with an empty + message do not cause rebasing to halt. + See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. @@ -286,7 +315,7 @@ See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. --merge:: Use merging strategies to rebase. When the recursive (default) merge strategy is used, this allows rebase to be aware of renames on the - upstream side. + upstream side. This is the default. + Note that a rebase merge works by replaying each commit from the working branch on top of the <upstream> branch. Because of this, when a merge @@ -325,9 +354,12 @@ See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign commits. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, it must be - stuck to the option without a space. + stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` is useful to + countermand both `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable, and + earlier `--gpg-sign`. -q:: --quiet:: @@ -356,7 +388,7 @@ See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. Ensure at least <n> lines of surrounding context match before and after each change. When fewer lines of surrounding context exist they all must match. By default no context is - ever ignored. + ever ignored. Implies --apply. + See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. @@ -394,8 +426,9 @@ with `--keep-base` in order to drop those commits from your branch. --ignore-whitespace:: --whitespace=<option>:: - These flag are passed to the 'git apply' program + These flags are passed to the 'git apply' program (see linkgit:git-apply[1]) that applies the patch. + Implies --apply. + See also INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS below. @@ -443,8 +476,8 @@ the `rebase-cousins` mode is turned on, such commits are instead rebased onto `<upstream>` (or `<onto>`, if specified). + The `--rebase-merges` mode is similar in spirit to the deprecated -`--preserve-merges`, but in contrast to that option works well in interactive -rebases: commits can be reordered, inserted and dropped at will. +`--preserve-merges` but works with interactive rebases, +where commits can be reordered, inserted and dropped at will. + It is currently only possible to recreate the merge commits using the `recursive` merge strategy; Different merge strategies can be used only via @@ -539,10 +572,11 @@ INCOMPATIBLE OPTIONS The following options: + * --apply * --committer-date-is-author-date * --ignore-date - * --whitespace * --ignore-whitespace + * --whitespace * -C are incompatible with the following options: @@ -557,6 +591,7 @@ are incompatible with the following options: * --interactive * --exec * --keep-empty + * --empty= * --edit-todo * --root when used in combination with --onto @@ -565,33 +600,137 @@ In addition, the following pairs of options are incompatible: * --preserve-merges and --interactive * --preserve-merges and --signoff * --preserve-merges and --rebase-merges + * --preserve-merges and --empty= * --keep-base and --onto * --keep-base and --root BEHAVIORAL DIFFERENCES ----------------------- -There are some subtle differences how the backends behave. +git rebase has two primary backends: apply and merge. (The apply +backend used to be known as the 'am' backend, but the name led to +confusion as it looks like a verb instead of a noun. Also, the merge +backend used to be known as the interactive backend, but it is now +used for non-interactive cases as well. Both were renamed based on +lower-level functionality that underpinned each.) There are some +subtle differences in how these two backends behave: Empty commits ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -The am backend drops any "empty" commits, regardless of whether the -commit started empty (had no changes relative to its parent to -start with) or ended empty (all changes were already applied -upstream in other commits). +The apply backend unfortunately drops intentionally empty commits, i.e. +commits that started empty, though these are rare in practice. It +also drops commits that become empty and has no option for controlling +this behavior. -The interactive backend drops commits by default that -started empty and halts if it hits a commit that ended up empty. -The `--keep-empty` option exists for the interactive backend to allow -it to keep commits that started empty. +The merge backend keeps intentionally empty commits. Similar to the +apply backend, by default the merge backend drops commits that become +empty unless -i/--interactive is specified (in which case it stops and +asks the user what to do). The merge backend also has an +--empty={drop,keep,ask} option for changing the behavior of handling +commits that become empty. Directory rename detection ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Directory rename heuristics are enabled in the merge and interactive -backends. Due to the lack of accurate tree information, directory -rename detection is disabled in the am backend. +Due to the lack of accurate tree information (arising from +constructing fake ancestors with the limited information available in +patches), directory rename detection is disabled in the apply backend. +Disabled directory rename detection means that if one side of history +renames a directory and the other adds new files to the old directory, +then the new files will be left behind in the old directory without +any warning at the time of rebasing that you may want to move these +files into the new directory. + +Directory rename detection works with the merge backend to provide you +warnings in such cases. + +Context +~~~~~~~ + +The apply backend works by creating a sequence of patches (by calling +`format-patch` internally), and then applying the patches in sequence +(calling `am` internally). Patches are composed of multiple hunks, +each with line numbers, a context region, and the actual changes. The +line numbers have to be taken with some fuzz, since the other side +will likely have inserted or deleted lines earlier in the file. The +context region is meant to help find how to adjust the line numbers in +order to apply the changes to the right lines. However, if multiple +areas of the code have the same surrounding lines of context, the +wrong one can be picked. There are real-world cases where this has +caused commits to be reapplied incorrectly with no conflicts reported. +Setting diff.context to a larger value may prevent such types of +problems, but increases the chance of spurious conflicts (since it +will require more lines of matching context to apply). + +The merge backend works with a full copy of each relevant file, +insulating it from these types of problems. + +Labelling of conflicts markers +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +When there are content conflicts, the merge machinery tries to +annotate each side's conflict markers with the commits where the +content came from. Since the apply backend drops the original +information about the rebased commits and their parents (and instead +generates new fake commits based off limited information in the +generated patches), those commits cannot be identified; instead it has +to fall back to a commit summary. Also, when merge.conflictStyle is +set to diff3, the apply backend will use "constructed merge base" to +label the content from the merge base, and thus provide no information +about the merge base commit whatsoever. + +The merge backend works with the full commits on both sides of history +and thus has no such limitations. + +Hooks +~~~~~ + +The apply backend has not traditionally called the post-commit hook, +while the merge backend has. However, this was by accident of +implementation rather than by design. Both backends should have the +same behavior, though it is not clear which one is correct. + +Interruptability +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The apply backend has safety problems with an ill-timed interrupt; if +the user presses Ctrl-C at the wrong time to try to abort the rebase, +the rebase can enter a state where it cannot be aborted with a +subsequent `git rebase --abort`. The merge backend does not appear to +suffer from the same shortcoming. (See +https://lore.kernel.org/git/20200207132152.GC2868@szeder.dev/ for +details.) + +Commit Rewording +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +When a conflict occurs while rebasing, rebase stops and asks the user +to resolve. Since the user may need to make notable changes while +resolving conflicts, after conflicts are resolved and the user has run +`git rebase --continue`, the rebase should open an editor and ask the +user to update the commit message. The merge backend does this, while +the apply backend blindly applies the original commit message. + +Miscellaneous differences +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +There are a few more behavioral differences that most folks would +probably consider inconsequential but which are mentioned for +completeness: + +* Reflog: The two backends will use different wording when describing + the changes made in the reflog, though both will make use of the + word "rebase". + +* Progress, informational, and error messages: The two backends + provide slightly different progress and informational messages. + Also, the apply backend writes error messages (such as "Your files + would be overwritten...") to stdout, while the merge backend writes + them to stderr. + +* State directories: The two backends keep their state in different + directories under .git/ include::merge-strategies.txt[] diff --git a/Documentation/git-reset.txt b/Documentation/git-reset.txt index 97e0544d9e..932080c55d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-reset.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-reset.txt @@ -8,34 +8,36 @@ git-reset - Reset current HEAD to the specified state SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git reset' [-q] [<tree-ish>] [--] <paths>... -'git reset' (--patch | -p) [<tree-ish>] [--] [<paths>...] +'git reset' [-q] [<tree-ish>] [--] <pathspec>... +'git reset' [-q] [--pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]] [<tree-ish>] +'git reset' (--patch | -p) [<tree-ish>] [--] [<pathspec>...] 'git reset' [--soft | --mixed [-N] | --hard | --merge | --keep] [-q] [<commit>] DESCRIPTION ----------- -In the first and second form, copy entries from `<tree-ish>` to the index. -In the third form, set the current branch head (`HEAD`) to `<commit>`, +In the first three forms, copy entries from `<tree-ish>` to the index. +In the last form, set the current branch head (`HEAD`) to `<commit>`, optionally modifying index and working tree to match. The `<tree-ish>`/`<commit>` defaults to `HEAD` in all forms. -'git reset' [-q] [<tree-ish>] [--] <paths>...:: - This form resets the index entries for all `<paths>` to their - state at `<tree-ish>`. (It does not affect the working tree or - the current branch.) +'git reset' [-q] [<tree-ish>] [--] <pathspec>...:: +'git reset' [-q] [--pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]] [<tree-ish>]:: + These forms reset the index entries for all paths that match the + `<pathspec>` to their state at `<tree-ish>`. (It does not affect + the working tree or the current branch.) + -This means that `git reset <paths>` is the opposite of `git add -<paths>`. This command is equivalent to -`git restore [--source=<tree-ish>] --staged <paths>...`. +This means that `git reset <pathspec>` is the opposite of `git add +<pathspec>`. This command is equivalent to +`git restore [--source=<tree-ish>] --staged <pathspec>...`. + -After running `git reset <paths>` to update the index entry, you can +After running `git reset <pathspec>` to update the index entry, you can use linkgit:git-restore[1] to check the contents out of the index to the working tree. Alternatively, using linkgit:git-restore[1] and specifying a commit with `--source`, you can copy the contents of a path out of a commit to the index and to the working tree in one go. -'git reset' (--patch | -p) [<tree-ish>] [--] [<paths>...]:: +'git reset' (--patch | -p) [<tree-ish>] [--] [<pathspec>...]:: Interactively select hunks in the difference between the index and `<tree-ish>` (defaults to `HEAD`). The chosen hunks are applied in reverse to the index. @@ -101,6 +103,26 @@ OPTIONS `reset.quiet` config option. `--quiet` and `--no-quiet` will override the default behavior. +--pathspec-from-file=<file>:: + Pathspec is passed in `<file>` instead of commandline args. If + `<file>` is exactly `-` then standard input is used. Pathspec + elements are separated by LF or CR/LF. Pathspec elements can be + quoted as explained for the configuration variable `core.quotePath` + (see linkgit:git-config[1]). See also `--pathspec-file-nul` and + global `--literal-pathspecs`. + +--pathspec-file-nul:: + Only meaningful with `--pathspec-from-file`. Pathspec elements are + separated with NUL character and all other characters are taken + literally (including newlines and quotes). + +\--:: + Do not interpret any more arguments as options. + +<pathspec>...:: + Limits the paths affected by the operation. ++ +For more details, see the 'pathspec' entry in linkgit:gitglossary[7]. EXAMPLES -------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-restore.txt b/Documentation/git-restore.txt index 1ab2e40ea9..5bf60d4943 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-restore.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-restore.txt @@ -8,8 +8,9 @@ git-restore - Restore working tree files SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git restore' [<options>] [--source=<tree>] [--staged] [--worktree] <pathspec>... -'git restore' (-p|--patch) [<options>] [--source=<tree>] [--staged] [--worktree] [<pathspec>...] +'git restore' [<options>] [--source=<tree>] [--staged] [--worktree] [--] <pathspec>... +'git restore' [<options>] [--source=<tree>] [--staged] [--worktree] --pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul] +'git restore' (-p|--patch) [<options>] [--source=<tree>] [--staged] [--worktree] [--] [<pathspec>...] DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -113,6 +114,27 @@ in linkgit:git-checkout[1] for details. appear in the `--source` tree are removed, to make them match `<tree>` exactly. The default is no-overlay mode. +--pathspec-from-file=<file>:: + Pathspec is passed in `<file>` instead of commandline args. If + `<file>` is exactly `-` then standard input is used. Pathspec + elements are separated by LF or CR/LF. Pathspec elements can be + quoted as explained for the configuration variable `core.quotePath` + (see linkgit:git-config[1]). See also `--pathspec-file-nul` and + global `--literal-pathspecs`. + +--pathspec-file-nul:: + Only meaningful with `--pathspec-from-file`. Pathspec elements are + separated with NUL character and all other characters are taken + literally (including newlines and quotes). + +\--:: + Do not interpret any more arguments as options. + +<pathspec>...:: + Limits the paths affected by the operation. ++ +For more details, see the 'pathspec' entry in linkgit:gitglossary[7]. + EXAMPLES -------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-rev-parse.txt b/Documentation/git-rev-parse.txt index e72d332b83..19b12b6d43 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rev-parse.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rev-parse.txt @@ -262,7 +262,8 @@ print a message to stderr and exit with nonzero status. directory. --show-toplevel:: - Show the absolute path of the top-level directory. + Show the absolute path of the top-level directory of the working + tree. If there is no working tree, report an error. --show-superproject-working-tree:: Show the absolute path of the root of the superproject's @@ -274,6 +275,13 @@ print a message to stderr and exit with nonzero status. Show the path to the shared index file in split index mode, or empty if not in split-index mode. +--show-object-format[=(storage|input|output)]:: + Show the object format (hash algorithm) used for the repository + for storage inside the `.git` directory, input, or output. For + input, multiple algorithms may be printed, space-separated. + If not specified, the default is "storage". + + Other Options ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/git-revert.txt b/Documentation/git-revert.txt index 9d22270757..044276e9da 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-revert.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-revert.txt @@ -90,9 +90,12 @@ effect to your index in a row. -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign commits. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, it must be - stuck to the option without a space. + stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` is useful to + countermand both `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable, and + earlier `--gpg-sign`. -s:: --signoff:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-rm.txt b/Documentation/git-rm.txt index b5c46223c4..ab750367fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rm.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rm.txt @@ -8,16 +8,18 @@ git-rm - Remove files from the working tree and from the index SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git rm' [-f | --force] [-n] [-r] [--cached] [--ignore-unmatch] [--quiet] [--] <file>... +'git rm' [-f | --force] [-n] [-r] [--cached] [--ignore-unmatch] + [--quiet] [--pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]] + [--] [<pathspec>...] DESCRIPTION ----------- -Remove files from the index, or from the working tree and the index. -`git rm` will not remove a file from just your working directory. -(There is no option to remove a file only from the working tree -and yet keep it in the index; use `/bin/rm` if you want to do that.) -The files being removed have to be identical to the tip of the branch, -and no updates to their contents can be staged in the index, +Remove files matching pathspec from the index, or from the working tree +and the index. `git rm` will not remove a file from just your working +directory. (There is no option to remove a file only from the working +tree and yet keep it in the index; use `/bin/rm` if you want to do +that.) The files being removed have to be identical to the tip of the +branch, and no updates to their contents can be staged in the index, though that default behavior can be overridden with the `-f` option. When `--cached` is given, the staged content has to match either the tip of the branch or the file on disk, @@ -26,15 +28,20 @@ allowing the file to be removed from just the index. OPTIONS ------- -<file>...:: - Files to remove. Fileglobs (e.g. `*.c`) can be given to - remove all matching files. If you want Git to expand - file glob characters, you may need to shell-escape them. - A leading directory name - (e.g. `dir` to remove `dir/file1` and `dir/file2`) can be - given to remove all files in the directory, and recursively - all sub-directories, - but this requires the `-r` option to be explicitly given. +<pathspec>...:: + Files to remove. A leading directory name (e.g. `dir` to remove + `dir/file1` and `dir/file2`) can be given to remove all files in + the directory, and recursively all sub-directories, but this + requires the `-r` option to be explicitly given. ++ +The command removes only the paths that are known to Git. ++ +File globbing matches across directory boundaries. Thus, given two +directories `d` and `d2`, there is a difference between using +`git rm 'd*'` and `git rm 'd/*'`, as the former will also remove all +of directory `d2`. ++ +For more details, see the 'pathspec' entry in linkgit:gitglossary[7]. -f:: --force:: @@ -68,19 +75,19 @@ OPTIONS `git rm` normally outputs one line (in the form of an `rm` command) for each file removed. This option suppresses that output. +--pathspec-from-file=<file>:: + Pathspec is passed in `<file>` instead of commandline args. If + `<file>` is exactly `-` then standard input is used. Pathspec + elements are separated by LF or CR/LF. Pathspec elements can be + quoted as explained for the configuration variable `core.quotePath` + (see linkgit:git-config[1]). See also `--pathspec-file-nul` and + global `--literal-pathspecs`. -DISCUSSION ----------- - -The <file> list given to the command can be exact pathnames, -file glob patterns, or leading directory names. The command -removes only the paths that are known to Git. Giving the name of -a file that you have not told Git about does not remove that file. +--pathspec-file-nul:: + Only meaningful with `--pathspec-from-file`. Pathspec elements are + separated with NUL character and all other characters are taken + literally (including newlines and quotes). -File globbing matches across directory boundaries. Thus, given -two directories `d` and `d2`, there is a difference between -using `git rm 'd*'` and `git rm 'd/*'`, as the former will -also remove all of directory `d2`. REMOVING FILES THAT HAVE DISAPPEARED FROM THE FILESYSTEM -------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-shortlog.txt b/Documentation/git-shortlog.txt index bc80905a8a..a72ea7f7ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-shortlog.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-shortlog.txt @@ -76,6 +76,9 @@ them. Paths may need to be prefixed with `--` to separate them from options or the revision range, when confusion arises. +:git-shortlog: 1 +include::rev-list-options.txt[] + MAPPING AUTHORS --------------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-sparse-checkout.txt b/Documentation/git-sparse-checkout.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0342e5393 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/git-sparse-checkout.txt @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +git-sparse-checkout(1) +====================== + +NAME +---- +git-sparse-checkout - Initialize and modify the sparse-checkout +configuration, which reduces the checkout to a set of paths +given by a list of patterns. + + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +[verse] +'git sparse-checkout <subcommand> [options]' + + +DESCRIPTION +----------- + +Initialize and modify the sparse-checkout configuration, which reduces +the checkout to a set of paths given by a list of patterns. + +THIS COMMAND IS EXPERIMENTAL. ITS BEHAVIOR, AND THE BEHAVIOR OF OTHER +COMMANDS IN THE PRESENCE OF SPARSE-CHECKOUTS, WILL LIKELY CHANGE IN +THE FUTURE. + + +COMMANDS +-------- +'list':: + Describe the patterns in the sparse-checkout file. + +'init':: + Enable the `core.sparseCheckout` setting. If the + sparse-checkout file does not exist, then populate it with + patterns that match every file in the root directory and + no other directories, then will remove all directories tracked + by Git. Add patterns to the sparse-checkout file to + repopulate the working directory. ++ +To avoid interfering with other worktrees, it first enables the +`extensions.worktreeConfig` setting and makes sure to set the +`core.sparseCheckout` setting in the worktree-specific config file. ++ +When `--cone` is provided, the `core.sparseCheckoutCone` setting is +also set, allowing for better performance with a limited set of +patterns (see 'CONE PATTERN SET' below). + +'set':: + Write a set of patterns to the sparse-checkout file, as given as + a list of arguments following the 'set' subcommand. Update the + working directory to match the new patterns. Enable the + core.sparseCheckout config setting if it is not already enabled. ++ +When the `--stdin` option is provided, the patterns are read from +standard in as a newline-delimited list instead of from the arguments. ++ +When `core.sparseCheckoutCone` is enabled, the input list is considered a +list of directories instead of sparse-checkout patterns. The command writes +patterns to the sparse-checkout file to include all files contained in those +directories (recursively) as well as files that are siblings of ancestor +directories. The input format matches the output of `git ls-tree --name-only`. +This includes interpreting pathnames that begin with a double quote (") as +C-style quoted strings. + +'add':: + Update the sparse-checkout file to include additional patterns. + By default, these patterns are read from the command-line arguments, + but they can be read from stdin using the `--stdin` option. When + `core.sparseCheckoutCone` is enabled, the given patterns are interpreted + as directory names as in the 'set' subcommand. + +'disable':: + Disable the `core.sparseCheckout` config setting, and restore the + working directory to include all files. Leaves the sparse-checkout + file intact so a later 'git sparse-checkout init' command may + return the working directory to the same state. + +SPARSE CHECKOUT +--------------- + +"Sparse checkout" allows populating the working directory sparsely. +It uses the skip-worktree bit (see linkgit:git-update-index[1]) to tell +Git whether a file in the working directory is worth looking at. If +the skip-worktree bit is set, then the file is ignored in the working +directory. Git will not populate the contents of those files, which +makes a sparse checkout helpful when working in a repository with many +files, but only a few are important to the current user. + +The `$GIT_DIR/info/sparse-checkout` file is used to define the +skip-worktree reference bitmap. When Git updates the working +directory, it updates the skip-worktree bits in the index based +on this file. The files matching the patterns in the file will +appear in the working directory, and the rest will not. + +To enable the sparse-checkout feature, run `git sparse-checkout init` to +initialize a simple sparse-checkout file and enable the `core.sparseCheckout` +config setting. Then, run `git sparse-checkout set` to modify the patterns in +the sparse-checkout file. + +To repopulate the working directory with all files, use the +`git sparse-checkout disable` command. + + +FULL PATTERN SET +---------------- + +By default, the sparse-checkout file uses the same syntax as `.gitignore` +files. + +While `$GIT_DIR/info/sparse-checkout` is usually used to specify what +files are included, you can also specify what files are _not_ included, +using negative patterns. For example, to remove the file `unwanted`: + +---------------- +/* +!unwanted +---------------- + + +CONE PATTERN SET +---------------- + +The full pattern set allows for arbitrary pattern matches and complicated +inclusion/exclusion rules. These can result in O(N*M) pattern matches when +updating the index, where N is the number of patterns and M is the number +of paths in the index. To combat this performance issue, a more restricted +pattern set is allowed when `core.sparseCheckoutCone` is enabled. + +The accepted patterns in the cone pattern set are: + +1. *Recursive:* All paths inside a directory are included. + +2. *Parent:* All files immediately inside a directory are included. + +In addition to the above two patterns, we also expect that all files in the +root directory are included. If a recursive pattern is added, then all +leading directories are added as parent patterns. + +By default, when running `git sparse-checkout init`, the root directory is +added as a parent pattern. At this point, the sparse-checkout file contains +the following patterns: + +---------------- +/* +!/*/ +---------------- + +This says "include everything in root, but nothing two levels below root." + +When in cone mode, the `git sparse-checkout set` subcommand takes a list of +directories instead of a list of sparse-checkout patterns. In this mode, +the command `git sparse-checkout set A/B/C` sets the directory `A/B/C` as +a recursive pattern, the directories `A` and `A/B` are added as parent +patterns. The resulting sparse-checkout file is now + +---------------- +/* +!/*/ +/A/ +!/A/*/ +/A/B/ +!/A/B/*/ +/A/B/C/ +---------------- + +Here, order matters, so the negative patterns are overridden by the positive +patterns that appear lower in the file. + +If `core.sparseCheckoutCone=true`, then Git will parse the sparse-checkout file +expecting patterns of these types. Git will warn if the patterns do not match. +If the patterns do match the expected format, then Git will use faster hash- +based algorithms to compute inclusion in the sparse-checkout. + +In the cone mode case, the `git sparse-checkout list` subcommand will list the +directories that define the recursive patterns. For the example sparse-checkout +file above, the output is as follows: + +-------------------------- +$ git sparse-checkout list +A/B/C +-------------------------- + +If `core.ignoreCase=true`, then the pattern-matching algorithm will use a +case-insensitive check. This corrects for case mismatched filenames in the +'git sparse-checkout set' command to reflect the expected cone in the working +directory. + + +SUBMODULES +---------- + +If your repository contains one or more submodules, then those submodules will +appear based on which you initialized with the `git submodule` command. If +your sparse-checkout patterns exclude an initialized submodule, then that +submodule will still appear in your working directory. + + +SEE ALSO +-------- + +linkgit:git-read-tree[1] +linkgit:gitignore[5] + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-stash.txt b/Documentation/git-stash.txt index 53e1a1205d..31f1beb65b 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-stash.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-stash.txt @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ SYNOPSIS 'git stash' branch <branchname> [<stash>] 'git stash' [push [-p|--patch] [-k|--[no-]keep-index] [-q|--quiet] [-u|--include-untracked] [-a|--all] [-m|--message <message>] + [--pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]] [--] [<pathspec>...]] 'git stash' clear 'git stash' create [<message>] @@ -43,10 +44,10 @@ created stash, `stash@{1}` is the one before it, `stash@{2.hours.ago}` is also possible). Stashes may also be referenced by specifying just the stash index (e.g. the integer `n` is equivalent to `stash@{n}`). -OPTIONS -------- +COMMANDS +-------- -push [-p|--patch] [-k|--[no-]keep-index] [-u|--include-untracked] [-a|--all] [-q|--quiet] [-m|--message <message>] [--] [<pathspec>...]:: +push [-p|--patch] [-k|--[no-]keep-index] [-u|--include-untracked] [-a|--all] [-q|--quiet] [-m|--message <message>] [--pathspec-from-file=<file> [--pathspec-file-nul]] [--] [<pathspec>...]:: Save your local modifications to a new 'stash entry' and roll them back to HEAD (in the working tree and in the index). @@ -56,38 +57,13 @@ push [-p|--patch] [-k|--[no-]keep-index] [-u|--include-untracked] [-a|--all] [-q For quickly making a snapshot, you can omit "push". In this mode, non-option arguments are not allowed to prevent a misspelled subcommand from making an unwanted stash entry. The two exceptions to this -are `stash -p` which acts as alias for `stash push -p` and pathspecs, +are `stash -p` which acts as alias for `stash push -p` and pathspec elements, which are allowed after a double hyphen `--` for disambiguation. -+ -When pathspec is given to 'git stash push', the new stash entry records the -modified states only for the files that match the pathspec. The index -entries and working tree files are then rolled back to the state in -HEAD only for these files, too, leaving files that do not match the -pathspec intact. -+ -If the `--keep-index` option is used, all changes already added to the -index are left intact. -+ -If the `--include-untracked` option is used, all untracked files are also -stashed and then cleaned up with `git clean`, leaving the working directory -in a very clean state. If the `--all` option is used instead then the -ignored files are stashed and cleaned in addition to the untracked files. -+ -With `--patch`, you can interactively select hunks from the diff -between HEAD and the working tree to be stashed. The stash entry is -constructed such that its index state is the same as the index state -of your repository, and its worktree contains only the changes you -selected interactively. The selected changes are then rolled back -from your worktree. See the ``Interactive Mode'' section of -linkgit:git-add[1] to learn how to operate the `--patch` mode. -+ -The `--patch` option implies `--keep-index`. You can use -`--no-keep-index` to override this. save [-p|--patch] [-k|--[no-]keep-index] [-u|--include-untracked] [-a|--all] [-q|--quiet] [<message>]:: This option is deprecated in favour of 'git stash push'. It - differs from "stash push" in that it cannot take pathspecs. + differs from "stash push" in that it cannot take pathspec. Instead, all non-option arguments are concatenated to form the stash message. @@ -111,7 +87,7 @@ show [<options>] [<stash>]:: Show the changes recorded in the stash entry as a diff between the stashed contents and the commit back when the stash entry was first - created. When no `<stash>` is given, it shows the latest one. + created. By default, the command shows the diffstat, but it will accept any format known to 'git diff' (e.g., `git stash show -p stash@{1}` to view the second most recent entry in patch form). @@ -128,14 +104,6 @@ pop [--index] [-q|--quiet] [<stash>]:: Applying the state can fail with conflicts; in this case, it is not removed from the stash list. You need to resolve the conflicts by hand and call `git stash drop` manually afterwards. -+ -If the `--index` option is used, then tries to reinstate not only the working -tree's changes, but also the index's ones. However, this can fail, when you -have conflicts (which are stored in the index, where you therefore can no -longer apply the changes as they were originally). -+ -When no `<stash>` is given, `stash@{0}` is assumed, otherwise `<stash>` must -be a reference of the form `stash@{<revision>}`. apply [--index] [-q|--quiet] [<stash>]:: @@ -149,8 +117,7 @@ branch <branchname> [<stash>]:: the commit at which the `<stash>` was originally created, applies the changes recorded in `<stash>` to the new working tree and index. If that succeeds, and `<stash>` is a reference of the form - `stash@{<revision>}`, it then drops the `<stash>`. When no `<stash>` - is given, applies the latest one. + `stash@{<revision>}`, it then drops the `<stash>`. + This is useful if the branch on which you ran `git stash push` has changed enough that `git stash apply` fails due to conflicts. Since @@ -166,9 +133,6 @@ clear:: drop [-q|--quiet] [<stash>]:: Remove a single stash entry from the list of stash entries. - When no `<stash>` is given, it removes the latest one. - i.e. `stash@{0}`, otherwise `<stash>` must be a valid stash - log reference of the form `stash@{<revision>}`. create:: @@ -185,6 +149,98 @@ store:: reflog. This is intended to be useful for scripts. It is probably not the command you want to use; see "push" above. +OPTIONS +------- +-a:: +--all:: + This option is only valid for `push` and `save` commands. ++ +All ignored and untracked files are also stashed and then cleaned +up with `git clean`. + +-u:: +--include-untracked:: + This option is only valid for `push` and `save` commands. ++ +All untracked files are also stashed and then cleaned up with +`git clean`. + +--index:: + This option is only valid for `pop` and `apply` commands. ++ +Tries to reinstate not only the working tree's changes, but also +the index's ones. However, this can fail, when you have conflicts +(which are stored in the index, where you therefore can no longer +apply the changes as they were originally). + +-k:: +--keep-index:: +--no-keep-index:: + This option is only valid for `push` and `save` commands. ++ +All changes already added to the index are left intact. + +-p:: +--patch:: + This option is only valid for `push` and `save` commands. ++ +Interactively select hunks from the diff between HEAD and the +working tree to be stashed. The stash entry is constructed such +that its index state is the same as the index state of your +repository, and its worktree contains only the changes you selected +interactively. The selected changes are then rolled back from your +worktree. See the ``Interactive Mode'' section of linkgit:git-add[1] +to learn how to operate the `--patch` mode. ++ +The `--patch` option implies `--keep-index`. You can use +`--no-keep-index` to override this. + +--pathspec-from-file=<file>:: + This option is only valid for `push` command. ++ +Pathspec is passed in `<file>` instead of commandline args. If +`<file>` is exactly `-` then standard input is used. Pathspec +elements are separated by LF or CR/LF. Pathspec elements can be +quoted as explained for the configuration variable `core.quotePath` +(see linkgit:git-config[1]). See also `--pathspec-file-nul` and +global `--literal-pathspecs`. + +--pathspec-file-nul:: + This option is only valid for `push` command. ++ +Only meaningful with `--pathspec-from-file`. Pathspec elements are +separated with NUL character and all other characters are taken +literally (including newlines and quotes). + +-q:: +--quiet:: + This option is only valid for `apply`, `drop`, `pop`, `push`, + `save`, `store` commands. ++ +Quiet, suppress feedback messages. + +\--:: + This option is only valid for `push` command. ++ +Separates pathspec from options for disambiguation purposes. + +<pathspec>...:: + This option is only valid for `push` command. ++ +The new stash entry records the modified states only for the files +that match the pathspec. The index entries and working tree files +are then rolled back to the state in HEAD only for these files, +too, leaving files that do not match the pathspec intact. ++ +For more details, see the 'pathspec' entry in linkgit:gitglossary[7]. + +<stash>:: + This option is only valid for `apply`, `branch`, `drop`, `pop`, + `show` commands. ++ +A reference of the form `stash@{<revision>}`. When no `<stash>` is +given, the latest stash is assumed (that is, `stash@{0}`). + DISCUSSION ---------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-submodule.txt b/Documentation/git-submodule.txt index 1f46380af2..c9ed2bf3d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-submodule.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-submodule.txt @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ SYNOPSIS 'git submodule' [--quiet] deinit [-f|--force] (--all|[--] <path>...) 'git submodule' [--quiet] update [<options>] [--] [<path>...] 'git submodule' [--quiet] set-branch [<options>] [--] <path> +'git submodule' [--quiet] set-url [--] <path> <newurl> 'git submodule' [--quiet] summary [<options>] [--] [<path>...] 'git submodule' [--quiet] foreach [--recursive] <command> 'git submodule' [--quiet] sync [--recursive] [--] [<path>...] @@ -80,6 +81,9 @@ status [--cached] [--recursive] [--] [<path>...]:: does not match the SHA-1 found in the index of the containing repository and `U` if the submodule has merge conflicts. + +If `--cached` is specified, this command will instead print the SHA-1 +recorded in the superproject for each submodule. ++ If `--recursive` is specified, this command will recurse into nested submodules, and show their status as well. + @@ -129,11 +133,12 @@ If you really want to remove a submodule from the repository and commit that use linkgit:git-rm[1] instead. See linkgit:gitsubmodules[7] for removal options. -update [--init] [--remote] [-N|--no-fetch] [--[no-]recommend-shallow] [-f|--force] [--checkout|--rebase|--merge] [--reference <repository>] [--depth <depth>] [--recursive] [--jobs <n>] [--] [<path>...]:: +update [--init] [--remote] [-N|--no-fetch] [--[no-]recommend-shallow] [-f|--force] [--checkout|--rebase|--merge] [--reference <repository>] [--depth <depth>] [--recursive] [--jobs <n>] [--[no-]single-branch] [--] [<path>...]:: + -- Update the registered submodules to match what the superproject -expects by cloning missing submodules and updating the working tree of +expects by cloning missing submodules, fetching missing commits +in submodules and updating the working tree of the submodules. The "updating" can be done in several ways depending on command line options and the value of `submodule.<name>.update` configuration variable. The command line option takes precedence over @@ -180,6 +185,11 @@ set-branch (-d|--default) [--] <path>:: `--default` option removes the submodule.<name>.branch configuration key, which causes the tracking branch to default to 'master'. +set-url [--] <path> <newurl>:: + Sets the URL of the specified submodule to <newurl>. Then, it will + automatically synchronize the submodule's new remote URL + configuration. + summary [--cached|--files] [(-n|--summary-limit) <n>] [commit] [--] [<path>...]:: Show commit summary between the given commit (defaults to HEAD) and working tree/index. For a submodule in question, a series of commits @@ -219,7 +229,7 @@ As an example, the command below will show the path and currently checked out commit for each submodule: + -------------- -git submodule foreach 'echo $path `git rev-parse HEAD`' +git submodule foreach 'echo $sm_path `git rev-parse HEAD`' -------------- sync [--recursive] [--] [<path>...]:: @@ -238,7 +248,7 @@ registered submodules, and sync any nested submodules within. absorbgitdirs:: If a git directory of a submodule is inside the submodule, - move the git directory of the submodule into its superprojects + move the git directory of the submodule into its superproject's `$GIT_DIR/modules` path and then connect the git directory and its working directory by setting the `core.worktree` and adding a .git file pointing to the git directory embedded in the @@ -420,6 +430,10 @@ options carefully. Clone new submodules in parallel with as many jobs. Defaults to the `submodule.fetchJobs` option. +--[no-]single-branch:: + This option is only valid for the update command. + Clone only one branch during update: HEAD or one specified by --branch. + <path>...:: Paths to submodule(s). When specified this will restrict the command to only operate on the submodules found at the specified paths. diff --git a/Documentation/git-svn.txt b/Documentation/git-svn.txt index 53774f5b64..6624a14fbd 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-svn.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-svn.txt @@ -677,7 +677,8 @@ config key: svn.authorsProg -s<strategy>:: --strategy=<strategy>:: -p:: ---preserve-merges:: +--rebase-merges:: +--preserve-merges (DEPRECATED):: These are only used with the 'dcommit' and 'rebase' commands. + Passed directly to 'git rebase' when using 'dcommit' if a diff --git a/Documentation/git-tag.txt b/Documentation/git-tag.txt index 2e5599a67f..f6d9791780 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-tag.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-tag.txt @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ OPTIONS --sign:: Make a GPG-signed tag, using the default e-mail address's key. The default behavior of tag GPG-signing is controlled by `tag.gpgSign` - configuration variable if it exists, or disabled oder otherwise. + configuration variable if it exists, or disabled otherwise. See linkgit:git-config[1]. --no-sign:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-update-index.txt b/Documentation/git-update-index.txt index 1c4d146a41..1489cb09a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-update-index.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-update-index.txt @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ SYNOPSIS [--chmod=(+|-)x] [--[no-]assume-unchanged] [--[no-]skip-worktree] + [--[no-]ignore-skip-worktree-entries] [--[no-]fsmonitor-valid] [--ignore-submodules] [--[no-]split-index] @@ -113,6 +114,11 @@ you will need to handle the situation manually. set and unset the "skip-worktree" bit for the paths. See section "Skip-worktree bit" below for more information. + +--[no-]ignore-skip-worktree-entries:: + Do not remove skip-worktree (AKA "index-only") entries even when + the `--remove` option was specified. + --[no-]fsmonitor-valid:: When one of these flags is specified, the object name recorded for the paths are not updated. Instead, these options @@ -426,7 +432,7 @@ specified by the splitIndex.sharedIndexExpire config variable (see linkgit:git-config[1]). To avoid deleting a shared index file that is still used, its -modification time is updated to the current time everytime a new split +modification time is updated to the current time every time a new split index based on the shared index file is either created or read from. UNTRACKED CACHE @@ -543,6 +549,22 @@ The untracked cache extension can be enabled by the `core.untrackedCache` configuration variable (see linkgit:git-config[1]). +NOTES +----- + +Users often try to use the assume-unchanged and skip-worktree bits +to tell Git to ignore changes to files that are tracked. This does not +work as expected, since Git may still check working tree files against +the index when performing certain operations. In general, Git does not +provide a way to ignore changes to tracked files, so alternate solutions +are recommended. + +For example, if the file you want to change is some sort of config file, +the repository can include a sample config file that can then be copied +into the ignored name and modified. The repository can even include a +script to treat the sample file as a template, modifying and copying it +automatically. + SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-config[1], diff --git a/Documentation/git.txt b/Documentation/git.txt index 9b82564d1a..9d6769e95a 100644 --- a/Documentation/git.txt +++ b/Documentation/git.txt @@ -110,9 +110,23 @@ foo.bar= ...`) sets `foo.bar` to the empty string which `git config Do not pipe Git output into a pager. --git-dir=<path>:: - Set the path to the repository. This can also be controlled by - setting the `GIT_DIR` environment variable. It can be an absolute - path or relative path to current working directory. + Set the path to the repository (".git" directory). This can also be + controlled by setting the `GIT_DIR` environment variable. It can be + an absolute path or relative path to current working directory. ++ +Specifying the location of the ".git" directory using this +option (or `GIT_DIR` environment variable) turns off the +repository discovery that tries to find a directory with +".git" subdirectory (which is how the repository and the +top-level of the working tree are discovered), and tells Git +that you are at the top level of the working tree. If you +are not at the top-level directory of the working tree, you +should tell Git where the top-level of the working tree is, +with the `--work-tree=<path>` option (or `GIT_WORK_TREE` +environment variable) ++ +If you just want to run git as if it was started in `<path>` then use +`git -C <path>`. --work-tree=<path>:: Set the path to the working tree. It can be an absolute path @@ -271,8 +285,8 @@ In general, the interrogate commands do not touch the files in the working tree. -Synching repositories -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Syncing repositories +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ include::cmds-synchingrepositories.txt[] @@ -479,16 +493,45 @@ double-quotes and respecting backslash escapes. E.g., the value details. This variable has lower precedence than other path variables such as GIT_INDEX_FILE, GIT_OBJECT_DIRECTORY... +`GIT_DEFAULT_HASH_ALGORITHM`:: + If this variable is set, the default hash algorithm for new + repositories will be set to this value. This value is currently + ignored when cloning; the setting of the remote repository + is used instead. The default is "sha1". + Git Commits ~~~~~~~~~~~ `GIT_AUTHOR_NAME`:: + The human-readable name used in the author identity when creating commit or + tag objects, or when writing reflogs. Overrides the `user.name` and + `author.name` configuration settings. + `GIT_AUTHOR_EMAIL`:: + The email address used in the author identity when creating commit or + tag objects, or when writing reflogs. Overrides the `user.email` and + `author.email` configuration settings. + `GIT_AUTHOR_DATE`:: + The date used for the author identity when creating commit or tag objects, or + when writing reflogs. See linkgit:git-commit[1] for valid formats. + `GIT_COMMITTER_NAME`:: + The human-readable name used in the committer identity when creating commit or + tag objects, or when writing reflogs. Overrides the `user.name` and + `committer.name` configuration settings. + `GIT_COMMITTER_EMAIL`:: + The email address used in the author identity when creating commit or + tag objects, or when writing reflogs. Overrides the `user.email` and + `committer.email` configuration settings. + `GIT_COMMITTER_DATE`:: -'EMAIL':: - see linkgit:git-commit-tree[1] + The date used for the committer identity when creating commit or tag objects, or + when writing reflogs. See linkgit:git-commit[1] for valid formats. + +`EMAIL`:: + The email address used in the author and committer identities if no other + relevant environment variable or configuration setting has been set. Git Diffs ~~~~~~~~~ @@ -544,6 +587,10 @@ other a pager. See also the `core.pager` option in linkgit:git-config[1]. +`GIT_PROGRESS_DELAY`:: + A number controlling how many seconds to delay before showing + optional progress indicators. Defaults to 2. + `GIT_EDITOR`:: This environment variable overrides `$EDITOR` and `$VISUAL`. It is used by several Git commands when, on interactive mode, @@ -928,7 +975,7 @@ Reporting Bugs Report bugs to the Git mailing list <git@vger.kernel.org> where the development and maintenance is primarily done. You do not have to be subscribed to the list to send a message there. See the list archive -at https://public-inbox.org/git for previous bug reports and other +at https://lore.kernel.org/git for previous bug reports and other discussions. Issues which are security relevant should be disclosed privately to diff --git a/Documentation/gitattributes.txt b/Documentation/gitattributes.txt index c5a528c667..508fe713c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitattributes.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitattributes.txt @@ -293,10 +293,10 @@ web front ends do not visualize the contents of these files by default. In these cases you can tell Git the encoding of a file in the working directory with the `working-tree-encoding` attribute. If a file with this -attribute is added to Git, then Git reencodes the content from the +attribute is added to Git, then Git re-encodes the content from the specified encoding to UTF-8. Finally, Git stores the UTF-8 encoded content in its internal data structure (called "the index"). On checkout -the content is reencoded back to the specified encoding. +the content is re-encoded back to the specified encoding. Please note that using the `working-tree-encoding` attribute may have a number of pitfalls: @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ command. This is achieved by using the long-running process protocol When Git encounters the first file that needs to be cleaned or smudged, it starts the filter and performs the handshake. In the handshake, the welcome message sent by Git is "git-filter-client", only version 2 is -suppported, and the supported capabilities are "clean", "smudge", and +supported, and the supported capabilities are "clean", "smudge", and "delay". Afterwards Git sends a list of "key=value" pairs terminated with @@ -812,6 +812,8 @@ patterns are available: - `dts` suitable for devicetree (DTS) files. +- `elixir` suitable for source code in the Elixir language. + - `fortran` suitable for source code in the Fortran language. - `fountain` suitable for Fountain documents. diff --git a/Documentation/gitcli.txt b/Documentation/gitcli.txt index 4b32876b6e..92e4ba6a2f 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitcli.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitcli.txt @@ -126,6 +126,11 @@ usage: git describe [<options>] <commit-ish>* --long always use long format --abbrev[=<n>] use <n> digits to display SHA-1s --------------------------------------------- ++ +Note that some subcommand (e.g. `git grep`) may behave differently +when there are things on the command line other than `-h`, but `git +subcmd -h` without anything else on the command line is meant to +consistently give the usage. --help-all:: Some Git commands take options that are only used for plumbing or that @@ -211,8 +216,8 @@ only affects the files in the working tree, but with entries, and with `--cached`, it modifies only the index entries. -See also http://marc.info/?l=git&m=116563135620359 and -http://marc.info/?l=git&m=119150393620273 for further +See also https://lore.kernel.org/git/7v64clg5u9.fsf@assigned-by-dhcp.cox.net/ and +https://lore.kernel.org/git/7vy7ej9g38.fsf@gitster.siamese.dyndns.org/ for further information. Some other commands that also work on files in the working tree and/or diff --git a/Documentation/gitcore-tutorial.txt b/Documentation/gitcore-tutorial.txt index f880d21dfb..c0b95256cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitcore-tutorial.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitcore-tutorial.txt @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ to it. ================================================ If you make the decision to start your new branch at some other point in the history than the current `HEAD`, you can do so by -just telling 'git checkout' what the base of the checkout would be. +just telling 'git switch' what the base of the checkout would be. In other words, if you have an earlier tag or branch, you'd just do ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt b/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt index adc759612d..1814d2d23c 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt @@ -131,7 +131,9 @@ context would not match: because the hostnames differ. Nor would it match `foo.example.com`; Git compares hostnames exactly, without considering whether two hosts are part of the same domain. Likewise, a config entry for `http://example.com` would not -match: Git compares the protocols exactly. +match: Git compares the protocols exactly. However, you may use wildcards in +the domain name and other pattern matching techniques as with the `http.<url>.*` +options. If the "pattern" URL does include a path component, then this too must match exactly: the context `https://example.com/bar/baz.git` will match a config @@ -186,8 +188,94 @@ CUSTOM HELPERS -------------- You can write your own custom helpers to interface with any system in -which you keep credentials. See the documentation for Git's -link:technical/api-credentials.html[credentials API] for details. +which you keep credentials. + +Credential helpers are programs executed by Git to fetch or save +credentials from and to long-term storage (where "long-term" is simply +longer than a single Git process; e.g., credentials may be stored +in-memory for a few minutes, or indefinitely on disk). + +Each helper is specified by a single string in the configuration +variable `credential.helper` (and others, see linkgit:git-config[1]). +The string is transformed by Git into a command to be executed using +these rules: + + 1. If the helper string begins with "!", it is considered a shell + snippet, and everything after the "!" becomes the command. + + 2. Otherwise, if the helper string begins with an absolute path, the + verbatim helper string becomes the command. + + 3. Otherwise, the string "git credential-" is prepended to the helper + string, and the result becomes the command. + +The resulting command then has an "operation" argument appended to it +(see below for details), and the result is executed by the shell. + +Here are some example specifications: + +---------------------------------------------------- +# run "git credential-foo" +foo + +# same as above, but pass an argument to the helper +foo --bar=baz + +# the arguments are parsed by the shell, so use shell +# quoting if necessary +foo --bar="whitespace arg" + +# you can also use an absolute path, which will not use the git wrapper +/path/to/my/helper --with-arguments + +# or you can specify your own shell snippet +!f() { echo "password=`cat $HOME/.secret`"; }; f +---------------------------------------------------- + +Generally speaking, rule (3) above is the simplest for users to specify. +Authors of credential helpers should make an effort to assist their +users by naming their program "git-credential-$NAME", and putting it in +the `$PATH` or `$GIT_EXEC_PATH` during installation, which will allow a +user to enable it with `git config credential.helper $NAME`. + +When a helper is executed, it will have one "operation" argument +appended to its command line, which is one of: + +`get`:: + + Return a matching credential, if any exists. + +`store`:: + + Store the credential, if applicable to the helper. + +`erase`:: + + Remove a matching credential, if any, from the helper's storage. + +The details of the credential will be provided on the helper's stdin +stream. The exact format is the same as the input/output format of the +`git credential` plumbing command (see the section `INPUT/OUTPUT +FORMAT` in linkgit:git-credential[1] for a detailed specification). + +For a `get` operation, the helper should produce a list of attributes on +stdout in the same format (see linkgit:git-credential[1] for common +attributes). A helper is free to produce a subset, or even no values at +all if it has nothing useful to provide. Any provided attributes will +overwrite those already known about by Git. If a helper outputs a +`quit` attribute with a value of `true` or `1`, no further helpers will +be consulted, nor will the user be prompted (if no credential has been +provided, the operation will then fail). + +For a `store` or `erase` operation, the helper's output is ignored. +If it fails to perform the requested operation, it may complain to +stderr to inform the user. If it does not support the requested +operation (e.g., a read-only store), it should silently ignore the +request. + +If a helper receives any other operation, it should silently ignore the +request. This leaves room for future operations to be added (older +helpers will just ignore the new requests). GIT --- diff --git a/Documentation/gitfaq.txt b/Documentation/gitfaq.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1cf83df118 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gitfaq.txt @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +gitfaq(7) +========= + +NAME +---- +gitfaq - Frequently asked questions about using Git + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +gitfaq + +DESCRIPTION +----------- + +The examples in this FAQ assume a standard POSIX shell, like `bash` or `dash`, +and a user, A U Thor, who has the account `author` on the hosting provider +`git.example.org`. + +Configuration +------------- + +[[user-name]] +What should I put in `user.name`?:: + You should put your personal name, generally a form using a given name + and family name. For example, the current maintainer of Git uses "Junio + C Hamano". This will be the name portion that is stored in every commit + you make. ++ +This configuration doesn't have any effect on authenticating to remote services; +for that, see `credential.username` in linkgit:git-config[1]. + +[[http-postbuffer]] +What does `http.postBuffer` really do?:: + This option changes the size of the buffer that Git uses when pushing + data to a remote over HTTP or HTTPS. If the data is larger than this + size, libcurl, which handles the HTTP support for Git, will use chunked + transfer encoding since it isn't known ahead of time what the size of + the pushed data will be. ++ +Leaving this value at the default size is fine unless you know that either the +remote server or a proxy in the middle doesn't support HTTP/1.1 (which +introduced the chunked transfer encoding) or is known to be broken with chunked +data. This is often (erroneously) suggested as a solution for generic push +problems, but since almost every server and proxy supports at least HTTP/1.1, +raising this value usually doesn't solve most push problems. A server or proxy +that didn't correctly support HTTP/1.1 and chunked transfer encoding wouldn't be +that useful on the Internet today, since it would break lots of traffic. ++ +Note that increasing this value will increase the memory used on every relevant +push that Git does over HTTP or HTTPS, since the entire buffer is allocated +regardless of whether or not it is all used. Thus, it's best to leave it at the +default unless you are sure you need a different value. + +[[configure-editor]] +How do I configure a different editor?:: + If you haven't specified an editor specifically for Git, it will by default + use the editor you've configured using the `VISUAL` or `EDITOR` environment + variables, or if neither is specified, the system default (which is usually + `vi`). Since some people find `vi` difficult to use or prefer a different + editor, it may be desirable to change the editor used. ++ +If you want to configure a general editor for most programs which need one, you +can edit your shell configuration (e.g., `~/.bashrc` or `~/.zshenv`) to contain +a line setting the `EDITOR` or `VISUAL` environment variable to an appropriate +value. For example, if you prefer the editor `nano`, then you could write the +following: ++ +---- +export VISUAL=nano +---- ++ +If you want to configure an editor specifically for Git, you can either set the +`core.editor` configuration value or the `GIT_EDITOR` environment variable. You +can see linkgit:git-var[1] for details on the order in which these options are +consulted. ++ +Note that in all cases, the editor value will be passed to the shell, so any +arguments containing spaces should be appropriately quoted. Additionally, if +your editor normally detaches from the terminal when invoked, you should specify +it with an argument that makes it not do that, or else Git will not see any +changes. An example of a configuration addressing both of these issues on +Windows would be the configuration `"C:\Program Files\Vim\gvim.exe" --nofork`, +which quotes the filename with spaces and specifies the `--nofork` option to +avoid backgrounding the process. + +Credentials +----------- + +[[http-credentials]] +How do I specify my credentials when pushing over HTTP?:: + The easiest way to do this is to use a credential helper via the + `credential.helper` configuration. Most systems provide a standard + choice to integrate with the system credential manager. For example, + Git for Windows provides the `wincred` credential manager, macOS has the + `osxkeychain` credential manager, and Unix systems with a standard + desktop environment can use the `libsecret` credential manager. All of + these store credentials in an encrypted store to keep your passwords or + tokens secure. ++ +In addition, you can use the `store` credential manager which stores in a file +in your home directory, or the `cache` credential manager, which does not +permanently store your credentials, but does prevent you from being prompted for +them for a certain period of time. ++ +You can also just enter your password when prompted. While it is possible to +place the password (which must be percent-encoded) in the URL, this is not +particularly secure and can lead to accidental exposure of credentials, so it is +not recommended. + +[[http-credentials-environment]] +How do I read a password or token from an environment variable?:: + The `credential.helper` configuration option can also take an arbitrary + shell command that produces the credential protocol on standard output. + This is useful when passing credentials into a container, for example. ++ +Such a shell command can be specified by starting the option value with an +exclamation point. If your password or token were stored in the `GIT_TOKEN`, +you could run the following command to set your credential helper: ++ +---- +$ git config credential.helper \ + '!f() { echo username=author; echo "password=$GIT_TOKEN"; };f' +---- + +[[http-reset-credentials]] +How do I change the password or token I've saved in my credential manager?:: + Usually, if the password or token is invalid, Git will erase it and + prompt for a new one. However, there are times when this doesn't always + happen. To change the password or token, you can erase the existing + credentials and then Git will prompt for new ones. To erase + credentials, use a syntax like the following (substituting your username + and the hostname): ++ +---- +$ echo url=https://author@git.example.org | git credential reject +---- + +[[multiple-accounts-http]] +How do I use multiple accounts with the same hosting provider using HTTP?:: + Usually the easiest way to distinguish between these accounts is to use + the username in the URL. For example, if you have the accounts `author` + and `committer` on `git.example.org`, you can use the URLs + https://author@git.example.org/org1/project1.git and + https://committer@git.example.org/org2/project2.git. This way, when you + use a credential helper, it will automatically try to look up the + correct credentials for your account. If you already have a remote set + up, you can change the URL with something like `git remote set-url + origin https://author@git.example.org/org1/project1.git` (see + linkgit:git-remote[1] for details). + +[[multiple-accounts-ssh]] +How do I use multiple accounts with the same hosting provider using SSH?:: + With most hosting providers that support SSH, a single key pair uniquely + identifies a user. Therefore, to use multiple accounts, it's necessary + to create a key pair for each account. If you're using a reasonably + modern OpenSSH version, you can create a new key pair with something + like `ssh-keygen -t ed25519 -f ~/.ssh/id_committer`. You can then + register the public key (in this case, `~/.ssh/id_committer.pub`; note + the `.pub`) with the hosting provider. ++ +Most hosting providers use a single SSH account for pushing; that is, all users +push to the `git` account (e.g., `git@git.example.org`). If that's the case for +your provider, you can set up multiple aliases in SSH to make it clear which key +pair to use. For example, you could write something like the following in +`~/.ssh/config`, substituting the proper private key file: ++ +---- +# This is the account for author on git.example.org. +Host example_author + HostName git.example.org + User git + # This is the key pair registered for author with git.example.org. + IdentityFile ~/.ssh/id_author + IdentitiesOnly yes +# This is the account for committer on git.example.org. +Host example_committer + HostName git.example.org + User git + # This is the key pair registered for committer with git.example.org. + IdentityFile ~/.ssh/id_committer + IdentitiesOnly yes +---- ++ +Then, you can adjust your push URL to use `git@example_author` or +`git@example_committer` instead of `git@example.org` (e.g., `git remote set-url +git@example_author:org1/project1.git`). + +Common Issues +------------- + +[[last-commit-amend]] +I've made a mistake in the last commit. How do I change it?:: + You can make the appropriate change to your working tree, run `git add + <file>` or `git rm <file>`, as appropriate, to stage it, and then `git + commit --amend`. Your change will be included in the commit, and you'll + be prompted to edit the commit message again; if you wish to use the + original message verbatim, you can use the `--no-edit` option to `git + commit` in addition, or just save and quit when your editor opens. + +[[undo-previous-change]] +I've made a change with a bug and it's been included in the main branch. How should I undo it?:: + The usual way to deal with this is to use `git revert`. This preserves + the history that the original change was made and was a valuable + contribution, but also introduces a new commit that undoes those changes + because the original had a problem. The commit message of the revert + indicates the commit which was reverted and is usually edited to include + an explanation as to why the revert was made. + +[[ignore-tracked-files]] +How do I ignore changes to a tracked file?:: + Git doesn't provide a way to do this. The reason is that if Git needs + to overwrite this file, such as during a checkout, it doesn't know + whether the changes to the file are precious and should be kept, or + whether they are irrelevant and can safely be destroyed. Therefore, it + has to take the safe route and always preserve them. ++ +It's tempting to try to use certain features of `git update-index`, namely the +assume-unchanged and skip-worktree bits, but these don't work properly for this +purpose and shouldn't be used this way. ++ +If your goal is to modify a configuration file, it can often be helpful to have +a file checked into the repository which is a template or set of defaults which +can then be copied alongside and modified as appropriate. This second, modified +file is usually ignored to prevent accidentally committing it. + +Hooks +----- + +[[restrict-with-hooks]] +How do I use hooks to prevent users from making certain changes?:: + The only safe place to make these changes is on the remote repository + (i.e., the Git server), usually in the `pre-receive` hook or in a + continuous integration (CI) system. These are the locations in which + policy can be enforced effectively. ++ +It's common to try to use `pre-commit` hooks (or, for commit messages, +`commit-msg` hooks) to check these things, which is great if you're working as a +solo developer and want the tooling to help you. However, using hooks on a +developer machine is not effective as a policy control because a user can bypass +these hooks with `--no-verify` without being noticed (among various other ways). +Git assumes that the user is in control of their local repositories and doesn't +try to prevent this or tattle on the user. ++ +In addition, some advanced users find `pre-commit` hooks to be an impediment to +workflows that use temporary commits to stage work in progress or that create +fixup commits, so it's better to push these kinds of checks to the server +anyway. + +Cross-Platform Issues +--------------------- + +[[windows-text-binary]] +I'm on Windows and my text files are detected as binary.:: + Git works best when you store text files as UTF-8. Many programs on + Windows support UTF-8, but some do not and only use the little-endian + UTF-16 format, which Git detects as binary. If you can't use UTF-8 with + your programs, you can specify a working tree encoding that indicates + which encoding your files should be checked out with, while still + storing these files as UTF-8 in the repository. This allows tools like + linkgit:git-diff[1] to work as expected, while still allowing your tools + to work. ++ +To do so, you can specify a linkgit:gitattributes[5] pattern with the +`working-tree-encoding` attribute. For example, the following pattern sets all +C files to use UTF-16LE-BOM, which is a common encoding on Windows: ++ +---- +*.c working-tree-encoding=UTF-16LE-BOM +---- ++ +You will need to run `git add --renormalize` to have this take effect. Note +that if you are making these changes on a project that is used across platforms, +you'll probably want to make it in a per-user configuration file or in the one +in `$GIT_DIR/info/attributes`, since making it in a `.gitattributes` file in the +repository will apply to all users of the repository. ++ +See the following entry for information about normalizing line endings as well, +and see linkgit:gitattributes[5] for more information about attribute files. + +[[windows-diff-control-m]] +I'm on Windows and git diff shows my files as having a `^M` at the end.:: + By default, Git expects files to be stored with Unix line endings. As such, + the carriage return (`^M`) that is part of a Windows line ending is shown + because it is considered to be trailing whitespace. Git defaults to showing + trailing whitespace only on new lines, not existing ones. ++ +You can store the files in the repository with Unix line endings and convert +them automatically to your platform's line endings. To do that, set the +configuration option `core.eol` to `native` and see the following entry for +information about how to configure files as text or binary. ++ +You can also control this behavior with the `core.whitespace` setting if you +don't wish to remove the carriage returns from your line endings. + +[[recommended-storage-settings]] +What's the recommended way to store files in Git?:: + While Git can store and handle any file of any type, there are some + settings that work better than others. In general, we recommend that + text files be stored in UTF-8 without a byte-order mark (BOM) with LF + (Unix-style) endings. We also recommend the use of UTF-8 (again, + without BOM) in commit messages. These are the settings that work best + across platforms and with tools such as `git diff` and `git merge`. ++ +Additionally, if you have a choice between storage formats that are text based +or non-text based, we recommend storing files in the text format and, if +necessary, transforming them into the other format. For example, a text-based +SQL dump with one record per line will work much better for diffing and merging +than an actual database file. Similarly, text-based formats such as Markdown +and AsciiDoc will work better than binary formats such as Microsoft Word and +PDF. ++ +Similarly, storing binary dependencies (e.g., shared libraries or JAR files) or +build products in the repository is generally not recommended. Dependencies and +build products are best stored on an artifact or package server with only +references, URLs, and hashes stored in the repository. ++ +We also recommend setting a linkgit:gitattributes[5] file to explicitly mark +which files are text and which are binary. If you want Git to guess, you can +set the attribute `text=auto`. For example, the following might be appropriate +in some projects: ++ +---- +# By default, guess. +* text=auto +# Mark all C files as text. +*.c text +# Mark all JPEG files as binary. +*.jpg binary +---- ++ +These settings help tools pick the right format for output such as patches and +result in files being checked out in the appropriate line ending for the +platform. + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/githooks.txt b/Documentation/githooks.txt index 50365f2914..81f2a87e88 100644 --- a/Documentation/githooks.txt +++ b/Documentation/githooks.txt @@ -490,9 +490,16 @@ fsmonitor-watchman ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ This hook is invoked when the configuration option `core.fsmonitor` is -set to `.git/hooks/fsmonitor-watchman`. It takes two arguments, a version -(currently 1) and the time in elapsed nanoseconds since midnight, -January 1, 1970. +set to `.git/hooks/fsmonitor-watchman` or `.git/hooks/fsmonitor-watchmanv2` +depending on the version of the hook to use. + +Version 1 takes two arguments, a version (1) and the time in elapsed +nanoseconds since midnight, January 1, 1970. + +Version 2 takes two arguments, a version (2) and a token that is used +for identifying changes since the token. For watchman this would be +a clock id. This version must output to stdout the new token followed +by a NUL before the list of files. The hook should output to stdout the list of all files in the working directory that may have changed since the requested time. The logic @@ -515,12 +522,61 @@ The exit status determines whether git will use the data from the hook to limit its search. On error, it will fall back to verifying all files and folders. +p4-changelist +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This hook is invoked by `git-p4 submit`. + +The `p4-changelist` hook is executed after the changelist +message has been edited by the user. It can be bypassed with the +`--no-verify` option. It takes a single parameter, the name +of the file that holds the proposed changelist text. Exiting +with a non-zero status causes the command to abort. + +The hook is allowed to edit the changelist file and can be used +to normalize the text into some project standard format. It can +also be used to refuse the Submit after inspect the message file. + +Run `git-p4 submit --help` for details. + +p4-prepare-changelist +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This hook is invoked by `git-p4 submit`. + +The `p4-prepare-changelist` hook is executed right after preparing +the default changelist message and before the editor is started. +It takes one parameter, the name of the file that contains the +changelist text. Exiting with a non-zero status from the script +will abort the process. + +The purpose of the hook is to edit the message file in place, +and it is not supressed by the `--no-verify` option. This hook +is called even if `--prepare-p4-only` is set. + +Run `git-p4 submit --help` for details. + +p4-post-changelist +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This hook is invoked by `git-p4 submit`. + +The `p4-post-changelist` hook is invoked after the submit has +successfully occured in P4. It takes no parameters and is meant +primarily for notification and cannot affect the outcome of the +git p4 submit action. + +Run `git-p4 submit --help` for details. + p4-pre-submit ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ This hook is invoked by `git-p4 submit`. It takes no parameters and nothing from standard input. Exiting with non-zero status from this script prevent -`git-p4 submit` from launching. Run `git-p4 submit --help` for details. +`git-p4 submit` from launching. It can be bypassed with the `--no-verify` +command line option. Run `git-p4 submit --help` for details. + + post-index-change ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/gitk.txt b/Documentation/gitk.txt index 1eabb0aaf3..c653ebb6a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitk.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitk.txt @@ -105,8 +105,12 @@ linkgit:git-rev-list[1] for a complete list. (or the function name regex <funcname>) within the <file>. You may not give any pathspec limiters. This is currently limited to a walk starting from a single revision, i.e., you may only - give zero or one positive revision arguments. - You can specify this option more than once. + give zero or one positive revision arguments, and + <start> and <end> (or <funcname>) must exist in the starting revision. + You can specify this option more than once. Implies `--patch`. + Patch output can be suppressed using `--no-patch`, but other diff formats + (namely `--raw`, `--numstat`, `--shortstat`, `--dirstat`, `--summary`, + `--name-only`, `--name-status`, `--check`) are not currently implemented. + *Note:* gitk (unlike linkgit:git-log[1]) currently only understands this option if you specify it "glued together" with its argument. Do diff --git a/Documentation/gitmodules.txt b/Documentation/gitmodules.txt index f2a65ba0ca..67275fd187 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitmodules.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitmodules.txt @@ -44,9 +44,8 @@ submodule.<name>.update:: submodule init` to initialize the configuration variable of the same name. Allowed values here are 'checkout', 'rebase', 'merge' or 'none'. See description of 'update' command in - linkgit:git-submodule[1] for their meaning. Note that the - '!command' form is intentionally ignored here for security - reasons. + linkgit:git-submodule[1] for their meaning. For security + reasons, the '!command' form is not accepted here. submodule.<name>.branch:: A remote branch name for tracking updates in the upstream submodule. @@ -81,7 +80,7 @@ submodule.<name>.ignore:: Committed differences and modifications to tracked files will show up. - none;; No modifiations to submodules are ignored, all of committed + none;; No modifications to submodules are ignored, all of committed differences, and modifications to tracked and untracked files are shown. This is the default option. @@ -121,7 +120,7 @@ submodules a URL is specified which can be used for cloning the submodules. SEE ALSO -------- -linkgit:git-submodule[1] linkgit:git-config[1] +linkgit:git-submodule[1], linkgit:gitsubmodules[7], linkgit:git-config[1] GIT --- diff --git a/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt b/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt index d6388f10bb..1a2ef4c150 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt @@ -96,9 +96,9 @@ refs:: directory. The 'git prune' command knows to preserve objects reachable from refs found in this directory and its subdirectories. - This directory is ignored (except refs/bisect and - refs/worktree) if $GIT_COMMON_DIR is set and - "$GIT_COMMON_DIR/refs" will be used instead. + This directory is ignored (except refs/bisect, + refs/rewritten and refs/worktree) if $GIT_COMMON_DIR is + set and "$GIT_COMMON_DIR/refs" will be used instead. refs/heads/`name`:: records tip-of-the-tree commit objects of branch `name` @@ -240,8 +240,8 @@ remotes:: logs:: Records of changes made to refs are stored in this directory. See linkgit:git-update-ref[1] for more information. This - directory is ignored if $GIT_COMMON_DIR is set and - "$GIT_COMMON_DIR/logs" will be used instead. + directory is ignored (except logs/HEAD) if $GIT_COMMON_DIR is + set and "$GIT_COMMON_DIR/logs" will be used instead. logs/refs/heads/`name`:: Records all changes made to the branch tip named `name`. diff --git a/Documentation/gitsubmodules.txt b/Documentation/gitsubmodules.txt index 0a890205b8..c476f891b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitsubmodules.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitsubmodules.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ gitsubmodules(7) NAME ---- -gitsubmodules - mounting one repository inside another +gitsubmodules - Mounting one repository inside another SYNOPSIS -------- diff --git a/Documentation/howto/maintain-git.txt b/Documentation/howto/maintain-git.txt index ca4378740c..73be8b49f8 100644 --- a/Documentation/howto/maintain-git.txt +++ b/Documentation/howto/maintain-git.txt @@ -154,15 +154,17 @@ by doing the following: - Anything unobvious that is applicable to 'master' (in other words, does not depend on anything that is still in 'next' and not in 'master') is applied to a new topic branch that - is forked from the tip of 'master'. This includes both + is forked from the tip of 'master' (or the last feature release, + which is a bit older than 'master'). This includes both enhancements and unobvious fixes to 'master'. A topic branch is named as ai/topic where "ai" is two-letter string named after author's initial and "topic" is a descriptive name of the topic (in other words, "what's the series is about"). - An unobvious fix meant for 'maint' is applied to a new - topic branch that is forked from the tip of 'maint'. The - topic is named as ai/maint-topic. + topic branch that is forked from the tip of 'maint' (or the + oldest and still relevant maintenance branch). The + topic may be named as ai/maint-topic. - Changes that pertain to an existing topic are applied to the branch, but: @@ -174,24 +176,40 @@ by doing the following: - Replacement patches to an existing topic are accepted only for commits not in 'next'. - The above except the "replacement" are all done with: + The initial round is done with: $ git checkout ai/topic ;# or "git checkout -b ai/topic master" $ git am -sc3 mailbox - while patch replacement is often done by: + and replacing an existing topic with subsequent round is done with: - $ git format-patch ai/topic~$n..ai/topic ;# export existing + $ git checkout master...ai/topic ;# try to reapply to the same base + $ git am -sc3 mailbox + + to prepare the new round on a detached HEAD, and then + + $ git range-diff @{-1}... + $ git diff @{-1} - then replace some parts with the new patch, and reapplying: + to double check what changed since the last round, and finally - $ git checkout ai/topic - $ git reset --hard ai/topic~$n - $ git am -sc3 -s 000*.txt + $ git checkout -B @{-1} + + to conclude (the last step is why a topic already in 'next' is + not replaced but updated incrementally). + + Whether it is the initial round or a subsequent round, the topic + may not build even in isolation, or may break the build when + merged to integration branches due to bugs. There may already + be obvious and trivial improvements suggested on the list. The + maintainer often adds an extra commit, with "SQUASH???" in its + title, to fix things up, before publishing the integration + branches to make it usable by other developers for testing. + These changes are what the maintainer is not 100% committed to + (trivial typofixes etc. are often squashed directly into the + patches that need fixing, without being applied as a separate + "SQUASH???" commit), so that they can be removed easily as needed. - The full test suite is always run for 'maint' and 'master' - after patch application; for topic branches the tests are run - as time permits. - Merge maint to master as needed: @@ -371,6 +389,14 @@ Some observations to be made. be included in the next feature release. Being in the 'master' branch typically is. + * Due to the nature of "SQUASH???" fix-ups, if the original author + agrees with the suggested changes, it is OK to squash them to + appropriate patches in the next round (when the suggested change + is small enough, the author should not even bother with + "Helped-by"). It is also OK to drop them from the next round + when the original author does not agree with the suggestion, but + the author is expected to say why somewhere in the discussion. + Appendix -------- diff --git a/Documentation/howto/separating-topic-branches.txt b/Documentation/howto/separating-topic-branches.txt index bd1027433b..81be0d6115 100644 --- a/Documentation/howto/separating-topic-branches.txt +++ b/Documentation/howto/separating-topic-branches.txt @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ After I am done, I'd try a pretend-merge between "topicA" and o---o---o---o---o---o The last diff better not to show anything other than cleanups -for crufts. Then I can finally clean things up: +for cruft. Then I can finally clean things up: $ git branch -D topic $ git reset --hard HEAD^ ;# nuke pretend merge diff --git a/Documentation/merge-options.txt b/Documentation/merge-options.txt index 59b8ff1e51..fb3a6e8d42 100644 --- a/Documentation/merge-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/merge-options.txt @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ set to `no` at the beginning of them. --cleanup=<mode>:: This option determines how the merge message will be cleaned up before - commiting. See linkgit:git-commit[1] for more details. In addition, if + committing. See linkgit:git-commit[1] for more details. In addition, if the '<mode>' is given a value of `scissors`, scissors will be appended to `MERGE_MSG` before being passed on to the commit machinery in the case of a merge conflict. @@ -61,9 +61,12 @@ When not possible, refuse to merge and exit with a non-zero status. -S[<keyid>]:: --gpg-sign[=<keyid>]:: +--no-gpg-sign:: GPG-sign the resulting merge commit. The `keyid` argument is optional and defaults to the committer identity; if specified, - it must be stuck to the option without a space. + it must be stuck to the option without a space. `--no-gpg-sign` + is useful to countermand both `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable, + and earlier `--gpg-sign`. --log[=<n>]:: --no-log:: diff --git a/Documentation/merge-strategies.txt b/Documentation/merge-strategies.txt index aa66cbe41e..2912de706b 100644 --- a/Documentation/merge-strategies.txt +++ b/Documentation/merge-strategies.txt @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ The 'recursive' strategy can take the following options: ours;; This option forces conflicting hunks to be auto-resolved cleanly by favoring 'our' version. Changes from the other tree that do not - conflict with our side are reflected to the merge result. + conflict with our side are reflected in the merge result. For a binary file, the entire contents are taken from our side. + This should not be confused with the 'ours' merge strategy, which does not diff --git a/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt b/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt index b87e2e83e6..a4b6f49186 100644 --- a/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt +++ b/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ PRETTY FORMATS If the commit is a merge, and if the pretty-format is not 'oneline', 'email' or 'raw', an additional line is inserted before the 'Author:' line. This line begins with -"Merge: " and the sha1s of ancestral commits are printed, +"Merge: " and the hashes of ancestral commits are printed, separated by spaces. Note that the listed commits may not necessarily be the list of the *direct* parent commits if you have limited your view of history: for example, if you are @@ -20,20 +20,20 @@ built-in formats: * 'oneline' - <sha1> <title line> + <hash> <title line> + This is designed to be as compact as possible. * 'short' - commit <sha1> + commit <hash> Author: <author> <title line> * 'medium' - commit <sha1> + commit <hash> Author: <author> Date: <author date> @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ This is designed to be as compact as possible. * 'full' - commit <sha1> + commit <hash> Author: <author> Commit: <committer> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ This is designed to be as compact as possible. * 'fuller' - commit <sha1> + commit <hash> Author: <author> AuthorDate: <author date> Commit: <committer> @@ -63,9 +63,20 @@ This is designed to be as compact as possible. <full commit message> +* 'reference' + + <abbrev hash> (<title line>, <short author date>) ++ +This format is used to refer to another commit in a commit message and +is the same as `--pretty='format:%C(auto)%h (%s, %ad)'`. By default, +the date is formatted with `--date=short` unless another `--date` option +is explicitly specified. As with any `format:` with format +placeholders, its output is not affected by other options like +`--decorate` and `--walk-reflogs`. + * 'email' - From <sha1> <date> + From <hash> <date> From: <author> Date: <author date> Subject: [PATCH] <title line> @@ -75,7 +86,7 @@ This is designed to be as compact as possible. * 'raw' + The 'raw' format shows the entire commit exactly as -stored in the commit object. Notably, the SHA-1s are +stored in the commit object. Notably, the hashes are displayed in full, regardless of whether --abbrev or --no-abbrev are used, and 'parents' information show the true parent commits, without taking grafts or history @@ -163,24 +174,32 @@ The placeholders are: '%ae':: author email '%aE':: author email (respecting .mailmap, see linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1]) +'%al':: author email local-part (the part before the '@' sign) +'%aL':: author local-part (see '%al') respecting .mailmap, see + linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1]) '%ad':: author date (format respects --date= option) '%aD':: author date, RFC2822 style '%ar':: author date, relative '%at':: author date, UNIX timestamp '%ai':: author date, ISO 8601-like format '%aI':: author date, strict ISO 8601 format +'%as':: author date, short format (`YYYY-MM-DD`) '%cn':: committer name '%cN':: committer name (respecting .mailmap, see linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1]) '%ce':: committer email '%cE':: committer email (respecting .mailmap, see linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1]) +'%cl':: author email local-part (the part before the '@' sign) +'%cL':: author local-part (see '%cl') respecting .mailmap, see + linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1]) '%cd':: committer date (format respects --date= option) '%cD':: committer date, RFC2822 style '%cr':: committer date, relative '%ct':: committer date, UNIX timestamp '%ci':: committer date, ISO 8601-like format '%cI':: committer date, strict ISO 8601 format +'%cs':: committer date, short format (`YYYY-MM-DD`) '%d':: ref names, like the --decorate option of linkgit:git-log[1] '%D':: ref names without the " (", ")" wrapping. '%S':: ref name given on the command line by which the commit was reached @@ -207,6 +226,7 @@ endif::git-rev-list[] '%GF':: show the fingerprint of the key used to sign a signed commit '%GP':: show the fingerprint of the primary key whose subkey was used to sign a signed commit +'%GT':: show the trust level for the key used to sign a signed commit '%gD':: reflog selector, e.g., `refs/stash@{1}` or `refs/stash@{2 minutes ago}`; the format follows the rules described for the `-g` option. The portion before the `@` is the refname as diff --git a/Documentation/pretty-options.txt b/Documentation/pretty-options.txt index e44fc8f738..7a6da6db78 100644 --- a/Documentation/pretty-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/pretty-options.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Pretty-print the contents of the commit logs in a given format, where '<format>' can be one of 'oneline', 'short', 'medium', - 'full', 'fuller', 'email', 'raw', 'format:<string>' + 'full', 'fuller', 'reference', 'email', 'raw', 'format:<string>' and 'tformat:<string>'. When '<format>' is none of the above, and has '%placeholder' in it, it acts as if '--pretty=tformat:<format>' were given. @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ message by 4 spaces (i.e. 'medium', which is the default, 'full', and 'fuller'). ifndef::git-rev-list[] ---notes[=<treeish>]:: +--notes[=<ref>]:: Show the notes (see linkgit:git-notes[1]) that annotate the commit, when showing the commit log message. This is the default for `git log`, `git show` and `git whatchanged` commands when @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ By default, the notes shown are from the notes refs listed in the `core.notesRef` and `notes.displayRef` variables (or corresponding environment overrides). See linkgit:git-config[1] for more details. + -With an optional '<treeish>' argument, use the treeish to find the notes -to display. The treeish can specify the full refname when it begins +With an optional '<ref>' argument, use the ref to find the notes +to display. The ref can specify the full refname when it begins with `refs/notes/`; when it begins with `notes/`, `refs/` and otherwise `refs/notes/` is prefixed to form a full name of the ref. + @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ being displayed. Examples: "--notes=foo" will show only notes from "--notes --notes=foo --no-notes --notes=bar" will only show notes from "refs/notes/bar". ---show-notes[=<treeish>]:: +--show-notes[=<ref>]:: --[no-]standard-notes:: These options are deprecated. Use the above --notes/--no-notes options instead. diff --git a/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt b/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt index 7d3a60f5b9..95ea849902 100644 --- a/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt +++ b/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt @@ -19,7 +19,8 @@ ifndef::git-pull[] (see <<CRTB,CONFIGURED REMOTE-TRACKING BRANCHES>> below). endif::git-pull[] ifdef::git-pull[] - (see linkgit:git-fetch[1]). + (see the section "CONFIGURED REMOTE-TRACKING BRANCHES" + in linkgit:git-fetch[1]). endif::git-pull[] + The format of a <refspec> parameter is an optional plus diff --git a/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt b/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt index 90ff9e2bea..bfd02ade99 100644 --- a/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ endif::git-rev-list[] `--all-match`). ifndef::git-rev-list[] + -When `--show-notes` is in effect, the message from the notes is +When `--notes` is in effect, the message from the notes is matched as if it were part of the log message. endif::git-rev-list[] @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ list. exclude (that is, '{caret}commit', 'commit1..commit2', and 'commit1\...commit2' notations cannot be used). + -With `--pretty` format other than `oneline` (for obvious reasons), +With `--pretty` format other than `oneline` and `reference` (for obvious reasons), this causes the output to have two extra lines of information taken from the reflog. The reflog designator in the output may be shown as `ref@{Nth}` (where `Nth` is the reverse-chronological index in the @@ -293,6 +293,8 @@ Under `--pretty=oneline`, the commit message is prefixed with this information on the same line. This option cannot be combined with `--reverse`. See also linkgit:git-reflog[1]. ++ +Under `--pretty=reference`, this information will not be shown at all. --merge:: After a failed merge, show refs that touch files having a @@ -579,6 +581,7 @@ above) if (1) they are referenced by tags, or (2) they change the contents of the paths given on the command line. All other commits are marked as TREESAME (subject to be simplified away). +ifndef::git-shortlog[] ifdef::git-rev-list[] Bisection Helpers ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -634,8 +637,9 @@ This option can be used along with `--bisect-vars`, in this case, after all the sorted commit objects, there will be the same text as if `--bisect-vars` had been used alone. endif::git-rev-list[] +endif::git-shortlog[] - +ifndef::git-shortlog[] Commit Ordering ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -677,7 +681,9 @@ together. Output the commits chosen to be shown (see Commit Limiting section above) in reverse order. Cannot be combined with `--walk-reflogs`. +endif::git-shortlog[] +ifndef::git-shortlog[] Object Traversal ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -817,7 +823,9 @@ endif::git-rev-list[] --do-walk:: Overrides a previous `--no-walk`. +endif::git-shortlog[] +ifndef::git-shortlog[] Commit Formatting ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -973,7 +981,9 @@ ifdef::git-rev-list[] counts and print the count for equivalent commits separated by a tab. endif::git-rev-list[] +endif::git-shortlog[] +ifndef::git-shortlog[] ifndef::git-rev-list[] Diff Formatting ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -1016,3 +1026,4 @@ options may be given. See linkgit:git-diff-files[1] for more options. -t:: Show the tree objects in the diff output. This implies `-r`. endif::git-rev-list[] +endif::git-shortlog[] diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-allocation-growing.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-allocation-growing.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5a59b54844..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-allocation-growing.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -allocation growing API -====================== - -Dynamically growing an array using realloc() is error prone and boring. - -Define your array with: - -* a pointer (`item`) that points at the array, initialized to `NULL` - (although please name the variable based on its contents, not on its - type); - -* an integer variable (`alloc`) that keeps track of how big the current - allocation is, initialized to `0`; - -* another integer variable (`nr`) to keep track of how many elements the - array currently has, initialized to `0`. - -Then before adding `n`th element to the item, call `ALLOC_GROW(item, n, -alloc)`. This ensures that the array can hold at least `n` elements by -calling `realloc(3)` and adjusting `alloc` variable. - ------------- -sometype *item; -size_t nr; -size_t alloc - -for (i = 0; i < nr; i++) - if (we like item[i] already) - return; - -/* we did not like any existing one, so add one */ -ALLOC_GROW(item, nr + 1, alloc); -item[nr++] = value you like; ------------- - -You are responsible for updating the `nr` variable. - -If you need to specify the number of elements to allocate explicitly -then use the macro `REALLOC_ARRAY(item, alloc)` instead of `ALLOC_GROW`. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-argv-array.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-argv-array.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 870c8edbfb..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-argv-array.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -argv-array API -============== - -The argv-array API allows one to dynamically build and store -NULL-terminated lists. An argv-array maintains the invariant that the -`argv` member always points to a non-NULL array, and that the array is -always NULL-terminated at the element pointed to by `argv[argc]`. This -makes the result suitable for passing to functions expecting to receive -argv from main(), or the link:api-run-command.html[run-command API]. - -The string-list API (documented in string-list.h) is similar, but cannot be -used for these purposes; instead of storing a straight string pointer, -it contains an item structure with a `util` field that is not compatible -with the traditional argv interface. - -Each `argv_array` manages its own memory. Any strings pushed into the -array are duplicated, and all memory is freed by argv_array_clear(). - -Data Structures ---------------- - -`struct argv_array`:: - - A single array. This should be initialized by assignment from - `ARGV_ARRAY_INIT`, or by calling `argv_array_init`. The `argv` - member contains the actual array; the `argc` member contains the - number of elements in the array, not including the terminating - NULL. - -Functions ---------- - -`argv_array_init`:: - Initialize an array. This is no different than assigning from - `ARGV_ARRAY_INIT`. - -`argv_array_push`:: - Push a copy of a string onto the end of the array. - -`argv_array_pushl`:: - Push a list of strings onto the end of the array. The arguments - should be a list of `const char *` strings, terminated by a NULL - argument. - -`argv_array_pushf`:: - Format a string and push it onto the end of the array. This is a - convenience wrapper combining `strbuf_addf` and `argv_array_push`. - -`argv_array_pushv`:: - Push a null-terminated array of strings onto the end of the array. - -`argv_array_pop`:: - Remove the final element from the array. If there are no - elements in the array, do nothing. - -`argv_array_clear`:: - Free all memory associated with the array and return it to the - initial, empty state. - -`argv_array_detach`:: - Disconnect the `argv` member from the `argv_array` struct and - return it. The caller is responsible for freeing the memory used - by the array, and by the strings it references. After detaching, - the `argv_array` is in a reinitialized state and can be pushed - into again. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-config.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-config.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7d20716c32..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-config.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,319 +0,0 @@ -config API -========== - -The config API gives callers a way to access Git configuration files -(and files which have the same syntax). See linkgit:git-config[1] for a -discussion of the config file syntax. - -General Usage -------------- - -Config files are parsed linearly, and each variable found is passed to a -caller-provided callback function. The callback function is responsible -for any actions to be taken on the config option, and is free to ignore -some options. It is not uncommon for the configuration to be parsed -several times during the run of a Git program, with different callbacks -picking out different variables useful to themselves. - -A config callback function takes three parameters: - -- the name of the parsed variable. This is in canonical "flat" form: the - section, subsection, and variable segments will be separated by dots, - and the section and variable segments will be all lowercase. E.g., - `core.ignorecase`, `diff.SomeType.textconv`. - -- the value of the found variable, as a string. If the variable had no - value specified, the value will be NULL (typically this means it - should be interpreted as boolean true). - -- a void pointer passed in by the caller of the config API; this can - contain callback-specific data - -A config callback should return 0 for success, or -1 if the variable -could not be parsed properly. - -Basic Config Querying ---------------------- - -Most programs will simply want to look up variables in all config files -that Git knows about, using the normal precedence rules. To do this, -call `git_config` with a callback function and void data pointer. - -`git_config` will read all config sources in order of increasing -priority. Thus a callback should typically overwrite previously-seen -entries with new ones (e.g., if both the user-wide `~/.gitconfig` and -repo-specific `.git/config` contain `color.ui`, the config machinery -will first feed the user-wide one to the callback, and then the -repo-specific one; by overwriting, the higher-priority repo-specific -value is left at the end). - -The `config_with_options` function lets the caller examine config -while adjusting some of the default behavior of `git_config`. It should -almost never be used by "regular" Git code that is looking up -configuration variables. It is intended for advanced callers like -`git-config`, which are intentionally tweaking the normal config-lookup -process. It takes two extra parameters: - -`config_source`:: -If this parameter is non-NULL, it specifies the source to parse for -configuration, rather than looking in the usual files. See `struct -git_config_source` in `config.h` for details. Regular `git_config` defaults -to `NULL`. - -`opts`:: -Specify options to adjust the behavior of parsing config files. See `struct -config_options` in `config.h` for details. As an example: regular `git_config` -sets `opts.respect_includes` to `1` by default. - -Reading Specific Files ----------------------- - -To read a specific file in git-config format, use -`git_config_from_file`. This takes the same callback and data parameters -as `git_config`. - -Querying For Specific Variables -------------------------------- - -For programs wanting to query for specific variables in a non-callback -manner, the config API provides two functions `git_config_get_value` -and `git_config_get_value_multi`. They both read values from an internal -cache generated previously from reading the config files. - -`int git_config_get_value(const char *key, const char **value)`:: - - Finds the highest-priority value for the configuration variable `key`, - stores the pointer to it in `value` and returns 0. When the - configuration variable `key` is not found, returns 1 without touching - `value`. The caller should not free or modify `value`, as it is owned - by the cache. - -`const struct string_list *git_config_get_value_multi(const char *key)`:: - - Finds and returns the value list, sorted in order of increasing priority - for the configuration variable `key`. When the configuration variable - `key` is not found, returns NULL. The caller should not free or modify - the returned pointer, as it is owned by the cache. - -`void git_config_clear(void)`:: - - Resets and invalidates the config cache. - -The config API also provides type specific API functions which do conversion -as well as retrieval for the queried variable, including: - -`int git_config_get_int(const char *key, int *dest)`:: - - Finds and parses the value to an integer for the configuration variable - `key`. Dies on error; otherwise, stores the value of the parsed integer in - `dest` and returns 0. When the configuration variable `key` is not found, - returns 1 without touching `dest`. - -`int git_config_get_ulong(const char *key, unsigned long *dest)`:: - - Similar to `git_config_get_int` but for unsigned longs. - -`int git_config_get_bool(const char *key, int *dest)`:: - - Finds and parses the value into a boolean value, for the configuration - variable `key` respecting keywords like "true" and "false". Integer - values are converted into true/false values (when they are non-zero or - zero, respectively). Other values cause a die(). If parsing is successful, - stores the value of the parsed result in `dest` and returns 0. When the - configuration variable `key` is not found, returns 1 without touching - `dest`. - -`int git_config_get_bool_or_int(const char *key, int *is_bool, int *dest)`:: - - Similar to `git_config_get_bool`, except that integers are copied as-is, - and `is_bool` flag is unset. - -`int git_config_get_maybe_bool(const char *key, int *dest)`:: - - Similar to `git_config_get_bool`, except that it returns -1 on error - rather than dying. - -`int git_config_get_string_const(const char *key, const char **dest)`:: - - Allocates and copies the retrieved string into the `dest` parameter for - the configuration variable `key`; if NULL string is given, prints an - error message and returns -1. When the configuration variable `key` is - not found, returns 1 without touching `dest`. - -`int git_config_get_string(const char *key, char **dest)`:: - - Similar to `git_config_get_string_const`, except that retrieved value - copied into the `dest` parameter is a mutable string. - -`int git_config_get_pathname(const char *key, const char **dest)`:: - - Similar to `git_config_get_string`, but expands `~` or `~user` into - the user's home directory when found at the beginning of the path. - -`git_die_config(const char *key, const char *err, ...)`:: - - First prints the error message specified by the caller in `err` and then - dies printing the line number and the file name of the highest priority - value for the configuration variable `key`. - -`void git_die_config_linenr(const char *key, const char *filename, int linenr)`:: - - Helper function which formats the die error message according to the - parameters entered. Used by `git_die_config()`. It can be used by callers - handling `git_config_get_value_multi()` to print the correct error message - for the desired value. - -See test-config.c for usage examples. - -Value Parsing Helpers ---------------------- - -To aid in parsing string values, the config API provides callbacks with -a number of helper functions, including: - -`git_config_int`:: -Parse the string to an integer, including unit factors. Dies on error; -otherwise, returns the parsed result. - -`git_config_ulong`:: -Identical to `git_config_int`, but for unsigned longs. - -`git_config_bool`:: -Parse a string into a boolean value, respecting keywords like "true" and -"false". Integer values are converted into true/false values (when they -are non-zero or zero, respectively). Other values cause a die(). If -parsing is successful, the return value is the result. - -`git_config_bool_or_int`:: -Same as `git_config_bool`, except that integers are returned as-is, and -an `is_bool` flag is unset. - -`git_parse_maybe_bool`:: -Same as `git_config_bool`, except that it returns -1 on error rather -than dying. - -`git_config_string`:: -Allocates and copies the value string into the `dest` parameter; if no -string is given, prints an error message and returns -1. - -`git_config_pathname`:: -Similar to `git_config_string`, but expands `~` or `~user` into the -user's home directory when found at the beginning of the path. - -Include Directives ------------------- - -By default, the config parser does not respect include directives. -However, a caller can use the special `git_config_include` wrapper -callback to support them. To do so, you simply wrap your "real" callback -function and data pointer in a `struct config_include_data`, and pass -the wrapper to the regular config-reading functions. For example: - -------------------------------------------- -int read_file_with_include(const char *file, config_fn_t fn, void *data) -{ - struct config_include_data inc = CONFIG_INCLUDE_INIT; - inc.fn = fn; - inc.data = data; - return git_config_from_file(git_config_include, file, &inc); -} -------------------------------------------- - -`git_config` respects includes automatically. The lower-level -`git_config_from_file` does not. - -Custom Configsets ------------------ - -A `config_set` can be used to construct an in-memory cache for -config-like files that the caller specifies (i.e., files like `.gitmodules`, -`~/.gitconfig` etc.). For example, - ----------------------------------------- -struct config_set gm_config; -git_configset_init(&gm_config); -int b; -/* we add config files to the config_set */ -git_configset_add_file(&gm_config, ".gitmodules"); -git_configset_add_file(&gm_config, ".gitmodules_alt"); - -if (!git_configset_get_bool(gm_config, "submodule.frotz.ignore", &b)) { - /* hack hack hack */ -} - -/* when we are done with the configset */ -git_configset_clear(&gm_config); ----------------------------------------- - -Configset API provides functions for the above mentioned work flow, including: - -`void git_configset_init(struct config_set *cs)`:: - - Initializes the config_set `cs`. - -`int git_configset_add_file(struct config_set *cs, const char *filename)`:: - - Parses the file and adds the variable-value pairs to the `config_set`, - dies if there is an error in parsing the file. Returns 0 on success, or - -1 if the file does not exist or is inaccessible. The user has to decide - if he wants to free the incomplete configset or continue using it when - the function returns -1. - -`int git_configset_get_value(struct config_set *cs, const char *key, const char **value)`:: - - Finds the highest-priority value for the configuration variable `key` - and config set `cs`, stores the pointer to it in `value` and returns 0. - When the configuration variable `key` is not found, returns 1 without - touching `value`. The caller should not free or modify `value`, as it - is owned by the cache. - -`const struct string_list *git_configset_get_value_multi(struct config_set *cs, const char *key)`:: - - Finds and returns the value list, sorted in order of increasing priority - for the configuration variable `key` and config set `cs`. When the - configuration variable `key` is not found, returns NULL. The caller - should not free or modify the returned pointer, as it is owned by the cache. - -`void git_configset_clear(struct config_set *cs)`:: - - Clears `config_set` structure, removes all saved variable-value pairs. - -In addition to above functions, the `config_set` API provides type specific -functions in the vein of `git_config_get_int` and family but with an extra -parameter, pointer to struct `config_set`. -They all behave similarly to the `git_config_get*()` family described in -"Querying For Specific Variables" above. - -Writing Config Files --------------------- - -Git gives multiple entry points in the Config API to write config values to -files namely `git_config_set_in_file` and `git_config_set`, which write to -a specific config file or to `.git/config` respectively. They both take a -key/value pair as parameter. -In the end they both call `git_config_set_multivar_in_file` which takes four -parameters: - -- the name of the file, as a string, to which key/value pairs will be written. - -- the name of key, as a string. This is in canonical "flat" form: the section, - subsection, and variable segments will be separated by dots, and the section - and variable segments will be all lowercase. - E.g., `core.ignorecase`, `diff.SomeType.textconv`. - -- the value of the variable, as a string. If value is equal to NULL, it will - remove the matching key from the config file. - -- the value regex, as a string. It will disregard key/value pairs where value - does not match. - -- a multi_replace value, as an int. If value is equal to zero, nothing or only - one matching key/value is replaced, else all matching key/values (regardless - how many) are removed, before the new pair is written. - -It returns 0 on success. - -Also, there are functions `git_config_rename_section` and -`git_config_rename_section_in_file` with parameters `old_name` and `new_name` -for renaming or removing sections in the config files. If NULL is passed -through `new_name` parameter, the section will be removed from the config file. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-credentials.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-credentials.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 75368f26ca..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-credentials.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,271 +0,0 @@ -credentials API -=============== - -The credentials API provides an abstracted way of gathering username and -password credentials from the user (even though credentials in the wider -world can take many forms, in this document the word "credential" always -refers to a username and password pair). - -This document describes two interfaces: the C API that the credential -subsystem provides to the rest of Git, and the protocol that Git uses to -communicate with system-specific "credential helpers". If you are -writing Git code that wants to look up or prompt for credentials, see -the section "C API" below. If you want to write your own helper, see -the section on "Credential Helpers" below. - -Typical setup -------------- - ------------- -+-----------------------+ -| Git code (C) |--- to server requiring ---> -| | authentication -|.......................| -| C credential API |--- prompt ---> User -+-----------------------+ - ^ | - | pipe | - | v -+-----------------------+ -| Git credential helper | -+-----------------------+ ------------- - -The Git code (typically a remote-helper) will call the C API to obtain -credential data like a login/password pair (credential_fill). The -API will itself call a remote helper (e.g. "git credential-cache" or -"git credential-store") that may retrieve credential data from a -store. If the credential helper cannot find the information, the C API -will prompt the user. Then, the caller of the API takes care of -contacting the server, and does the actual authentication. - -C API ------ - -The credential C API is meant to be called by Git code which needs to -acquire or store a credential. It is centered around an object -representing a single credential and provides three basic operations: -fill (acquire credentials by calling helpers and/or prompting the user), -approve (mark a credential as successfully used so that it can be stored -for later use), and reject (mark a credential as unsuccessful so that it -can be erased from any persistent storage). - -Data Structures -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -`struct credential`:: - - This struct represents a single username/password combination - along with any associated context. All string fields should be - heap-allocated (or NULL if they are not known or not applicable). - The meaning of the individual context fields is the same as - their counterparts in the helper protocol; see the section below - for a description of each field. -+ -The `helpers` member of the struct is a `string_list` of helpers. Each -string specifies an external helper which will be run, in order, to -either acquire or store credentials. See the section on credential -helpers below. This list is filled-in by the API functions -according to the corresponding configuration variables before -consulting helpers, so there usually is no need for a caller to -modify the helpers field at all. -+ -This struct should always be initialized with `CREDENTIAL_INIT` or -`credential_init`. - - -Functions -~~~~~~~~~ - -`credential_init`:: - - Initialize a credential structure, setting all fields to empty. - -`credential_clear`:: - - Free any resources associated with the credential structure, - returning it to a pristine initialized state. - -`credential_fill`:: - - Instruct the credential subsystem to fill the username and - password fields of the passed credential struct by first - consulting helpers, then asking the user. After this function - returns, the username and password fields of the credential are - guaranteed to be non-NULL. If an error occurs, the function will - die(). - -`credential_reject`:: - - Inform the credential subsystem that the provided credentials - have been rejected. This will cause the credential subsystem to - notify any helpers of the rejection (which allows them, for - example, to purge the invalid credentials from storage). It - will also free() the username and password fields of the - credential and set them to NULL (readying the credential for - another call to `credential_fill`). Any errors from helpers are - ignored. - -`credential_approve`:: - - Inform the credential subsystem that the provided credentials - were successfully used for authentication. This will cause the - credential subsystem to notify any helpers of the approval, so - that they may store the result to be used again. Any errors - from helpers are ignored. - -`credential_from_url`:: - - Parse a URL into broken-down credential fields. - -Example -~~~~~~~ - -The example below shows how the functions of the credential API could be -used to login to a fictitious "foo" service on a remote host: - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -int foo_login(struct foo_connection *f) -{ - int status; - /* - * Create a credential with some context; we don't yet know the - * username or password. - */ - - struct credential c = CREDENTIAL_INIT; - c.protocol = xstrdup("foo"); - c.host = xstrdup(f->hostname); - - /* - * Fill in the username and password fields by contacting - * helpers and/or asking the user. The function will die if it - * fails. - */ - credential_fill(&c); - - /* - * Otherwise, we have a username and password. Try to use it. - */ - status = send_foo_login(f, c.username, c.password); - switch (status) { - case FOO_OK: - /* It worked. Store the credential for later use. */ - credential_accept(&c); - break; - case FOO_BAD_LOGIN: - /* Erase the credential from storage so we don't try it - * again. */ - credential_reject(&c); - break; - default: - /* - * Some other error occurred. We don't know if the - * credential is good or bad, so report nothing to the - * credential subsystem. - */ - } - - /* Free any associated resources. */ - credential_clear(&c); - - return status; -} ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - -Credential Helpers ------------------- - -Credential helpers are programs executed by Git to fetch or save -credentials from and to long-term storage (where "long-term" is simply -longer than a single Git process; e.g., credentials may be stored -in-memory for a few minutes, or indefinitely on disk). - -Each helper is specified by a single string in the configuration -variable `credential.helper` (and others, see linkgit:git-config[1]). -The string is transformed by Git into a command to be executed using -these rules: - - 1. If the helper string begins with "!", it is considered a shell - snippet, and everything after the "!" becomes the command. - - 2. Otherwise, if the helper string begins with an absolute path, the - verbatim helper string becomes the command. - - 3. Otherwise, the string "git credential-" is prepended to the helper - string, and the result becomes the command. - -The resulting command then has an "operation" argument appended to it -(see below for details), and the result is executed by the shell. - -Here are some example specifications: - ----------------------------------------------------- -# run "git credential-foo" -foo - -# same as above, but pass an argument to the helper -foo --bar=baz - -# the arguments are parsed by the shell, so use shell -# quoting if necessary -foo --bar="whitespace arg" - -# you can also use an absolute path, which will not use the git wrapper -/path/to/my/helper --with-arguments - -# or you can specify your own shell snippet -!f() { echo "password=`cat $HOME/.secret`"; }; f ----------------------------------------------------- - -Generally speaking, rule (3) above is the simplest for users to specify. -Authors of credential helpers should make an effort to assist their -users by naming their program "git-credential-$NAME", and putting it in -the $PATH or $GIT_EXEC_PATH during installation, which will allow a user -to enable it with `git config credential.helper $NAME`. - -When a helper is executed, it will have one "operation" argument -appended to its command line, which is one of: - -`get`:: - - Return a matching credential, if any exists. - -`store`:: - - Store the credential, if applicable to the helper. - -`erase`:: - - Remove a matching credential, if any, from the helper's storage. - -The details of the credential will be provided on the helper's stdin -stream. The exact format is the same as the input/output format of the -`git credential` plumbing command (see the section `INPUT/OUTPUT -FORMAT` in linkgit:git-credential[1] for a detailed specification). - -For a `get` operation, the helper should produce a list of attributes -on stdout in the same format. A helper is free to produce a subset, or -even no values at all if it has nothing useful to provide. Any provided -attributes will overwrite those already known about by Git. If a helper -outputs a `quit` attribute with a value of `true` or `1`, no further -helpers will be consulted, nor will the user be prompted (if no -credential has been provided, the operation will then fail). - -For a `store` or `erase` operation, the helper's output is ignored. -If it fails to perform the requested operation, it may complain to -stderr to inform the user. If it does not support the requested -operation (e.g., a read-only store), it should silently ignore the -request. - -If a helper receives any other operation, it should silently ignore the -request. This leaves room for future operations to be added (older -helpers will just ignore the new requests). - -See also --------- - -linkgit:gitcredentials[7] - -linkgit:git-config[1] (See configuration variables `credential.*`) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-diff.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-diff.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 30fc0e9c93..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-diff.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,174 +0,0 @@ -diff API -======== - -The diff API is for programs that compare two sets of files (e.g. two -trees, one tree and the index) and present the found difference in -various ways. The calling program is responsible for feeding the API -pairs of files, one from the "old" set and the corresponding one from -"new" set, that are different. The library called through this API is -called diffcore, and is responsible for two things. - -* finding total rewrites (`-B`), renames (`-M`) and copies (`-C`), and - changes that touch a string (`-S`), as specified by the caller. - -* outputting the differences in various formats, as specified by the - caller. - -Calling sequence ----------------- - -* Prepare `struct diff_options` to record the set of diff options, and - then call `repo_diff_setup()` to initialize this structure. This - sets up the vanilla default. - -* Fill in the options structure to specify desired output format, rename - detection, etc. `diff_opt_parse()` can be used to parse options given - from the command line in a way consistent with existing git-diff - family of programs. - -* Call `diff_setup_done()`; this inspects the options set up so far for - internal consistency and make necessary tweaking to it (e.g. if - textual patch output was asked, recursive behaviour is turned on); - the callback set_default in diff_options can be used to tweak this more. - -* As you find different pairs of files, call `diff_change()` to feed - modified files, `diff_addremove()` to feed created or deleted files, - or `diff_unmerge()` to feed a file whose state is 'unmerged' to the - API. These are thin wrappers to a lower-level `diff_queue()` function - that is flexible enough to record any of these kinds of changes. - -* Once you finish feeding the pairs of files, call `diffcore_std()`. - This will tell the diffcore library to go ahead and do its work. - -* Calling `diff_flush()` will produce the output. - - -Data structures ---------------- - -* `struct diff_filespec` - -This is the internal representation for a single file (blob). It -records the blob object name (if known -- for a work tree file it -typically is a NUL SHA-1), filemode and pathname. This is what the -`diff_addremove()`, `diff_change()` and `diff_unmerge()` synthesize and -feed `diff_queue()` function with. - -* `struct diff_filepair` - -This records a pair of `struct diff_filespec`; the filespec for a file -in the "old" set (i.e. preimage) is called `one`, and the filespec for a -file in the "new" set (i.e. postimage) is called `two`. A change that -represents file creation has NULL in `one`, and file deletion has NULL -in `two`. - -A `filepair` starts pointing at `one` and `two` that are from the same -filename, but `diffcore_std()` can break pairs and match component -filespecs with other filespecs from a different filepair to form new -filepair. This is called 'rename detection'. - -* `struct diff_queue` - -This is a collection of filepairs. Notable members are: - -`queue`:: - - An array of pointers to `struct diff_filepair`. This - dynamically grows as you add filepairs; - -`alloc`:: - - The allocated size of the `queue` array; - -`nr`:: - - The number of elements in the `queue` array. - - -* `struct diff_options` - -This describes the set of options the calling program wants to affect -the operation of diffcore library with. - -Notable members are: - -`output_format`:: - The output format used when `diff_flush()` is run. - -`context`:: - Number of context lines to generate in patch output. - -`break_opt`, `detect_rename`, `rename-score`, `rename_limit`:: - Affects the way detection logic for complete rewrites, renames - and copies. - -`abbrev`:: - Number of hexdigits to abbreviate raw format output to. - -`pickaxe`:: - A constant string (can and typically does contain newlines to - look for a block of text, not just a single line) to filter out - the filepairs that do not change the number of strings contained - in its preimage and postimage of the diff_queue. - -`flags`:: - This is mostly a collection of boolean options that affects the - operation, but some do not have anything to do with the diffcore - library. - -`touched_flags`:: - Records whether a flag has been changed due to user request - (rather than just set/unset by default). - -`set_default`:: - Callback which allows tweaking the options in diff_setup_done(). - -BINARY, TEXT;; - Affects the way how a file that is seemingly binary is treated. - -FULL_INDEX;; - Tells the patch output format not to use abbreviated object - names on the "index" lines. - -FIND_COPIES_HARDER;; - Tells the diffcore library that the caller is feeding unchanged - filepairs to allow copies from unmodified files be detected. - -COLOR_DIFF;; - Output should be colored. - -COLOR_DIFF_WORDS;; - Output is a colored word-diff. - -NO_INDEX;; - Tells diff-files that the input is not tracked files but files - in random locations on the filesystem. - -ALLOW_EXTERNAL;; - Tells output routine that it is Ok to call user specified patch - output routine. Plumbing disables this to ensure stable output. - -QUIET;; - Do not show any output. - -REVERSE_DIFF;; - Tells the library that the calling program is feeding the - filepairs reversed; `one` is two, and `two` is one. - -EXIT_WITH_STATUS;; - For communication between the calling program and the options - parser; tell the calling program to signal the presence of - difference using program exit code. - -HAS_CHANGES;; - Internal; used for optimization to see if there is any change. - -SILENT_ON_REMOVE;; - Affects if diff-files shows removed files. - -RECURSIVE, TREE_IN_RECURSIVE;; - Tells if tree traversal done by tree-diff should recursively - descend into a tree object pair that are different in preimage - and postimage set. - -(JC) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-directory-listing.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-directory-listing.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 76b6e4f71b..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-directory-listing.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,130 +0,0 @@ -directory listing API -===================== - -The directory listing API is used to enumerate paths in the work tree, -optionally taking `.git/info/exclude` and `.gitignore` files per -directory into account. - -Data structure --------------- - -`struct dir_struct` structure is used to pass directory traversal -options to the library and to record the paths discovered. A single -`struct dir_struct` is used regardless of whether or not the traversal -recursively descends into subdirectories. - -The notable options are: - -`exclude_per_dir`:: - - The name of the file to be read in each directory for excluded - files (typically `.gitignore`). - -`flags`:: - - A bit-field of options: - -`DIR_SHOW_IGNORED`::: - - Return just ignored files in `entries[]`, not untracked - files. This flag is mutually exclusive with - `DIR_SHOW_IGNORED_TOO`. - -`DIR_SHOW_IGNORED_TOO`::: - - Similar to `DIR_SHOW_IGNORED`, but return ignored files in - `ignored[]` in addition to untracked files in - `entries[]`. This flag is mutually exclusive with - `DIR_SHOW_IGNORED`. - -`DIR_KEEP_UNTRACKED_CONTENTS`::: - - Only has meaning if `DIR_SHOW_IGNORED_TOO` is also set; if this is set, the - untracked contents of untracked directories are also returned in - `entries[]`. - -`DIR_SHOW_IGNORED_TOO_MODE_MATCHING`::: - - Only has meaning if `DIR_SHOW_IGNORED_TOO` is also set; if - this is set, returns ignored files and directories that match - an exclude pattern. If a directory matches an exclude pattern, - then the directory is returned and the contained paths are - not. A directory that does not match an exclude pattern will - not be returned even if all of its contents are ignored. In - this case, the contents are returned as individual entries. -+ -If this is set, files and directories that explicitly match an ignore -pattern are reported. Implicitly ignored directories (directories that -do not match an ignore pattern, but whose contents are all ignored) -are not reported, instead all of the contents are reported. - -`DIR_COLLECT_IGNORED`::: - - Special mode for git-add. Return ignored files in `ignored[]` and - untracked files in `entries[]`. Only returns ignored files that match - pathspec exactly (no wildcards). Does not recurse into ignored - directories. - -`DIR_SHOW_OTHER_DIRECTORIES`::: - - Include a directory that is not tracked. - -`DIR_HIDE_EMPTY_DIRECTORIES`::: - - Do not include a directory that is not tracked and is empty. - -`DIR_NO_GITLINKS`::: - - If set, recurse into a directory that looks like a Git - directory. Otherwise it is shown as a directory. - -The result of the enumeration is left in these fields: - -`entries[]`:: - - An array of `struct dir_entry`, each element of which describes - a path. - -`nr`:: - - The number of members in `entries[]` array. - -`alloc`:: - - Internal use; keeps track of allocation of `entries[]` array. - -`ignored[]`:: - - An array of `struct dir_entry`, used for ignored paths with the - `DIR_SHOW_IGNORED_TOO` and `DIR_COLLECT_IGNORED` flags. - -`ignored_nr`:: - - The number of members in `ignored[]` array. - -Calling sequence ----------------- - -Note: index may be looked at for .gitignore files that are CE_SKIP_WORKTREE -marked. If you to exclude files, make sure you have loaded index first. - -* Prepare `struct dir_struct dir` and clear it with `memset(&dir, 0, - sizeof(dir))`. - -* To add single exclude pattern, call `add_pattern_list()` and then - `add_pattern()`. - -* To add patterns from a file (e.g. `.git/info/exclude`), call - `add_patterns_from_file()` , and/or set `dir.exclude_per_dir`. A - short-hand function `setup_standard_excludes()` can be used to set - up the standard set of exclude settings. - -* Set options described in the Data Structure section above. - -* Call `read_directory()`. - -* Use `dir.entries[]`. - -* Call `clear_directory()` when none of the contained elements are no longer in use. - -(JC) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-gitattributes.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-gitattributes.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 45f0df600f..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-gitattributes.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ -gitattributes API -================= - -gitattributes mechanism gives a uniform way to associate various -attributes to set of paths. - - -Data Structure --------------- - -`struct git_attr`:: - - An attribute is an opaque object that is identified by its name. - Pass the name to `git_attr()` function to obtain the object of - this type. The internal representation of this structure is - of no interest to the calling programs. The name of the - attribute can be retrieved by calling `git_attr_name()`. - -`struct attr_check_item`:: - - This structure represents one attribute and its value. - -`struct attr_check`:: - - This structure represents a collection of `attr_check_item`. - It is passed to `git_check_attr()` function, specifying the - attributes to check, and receives their values. - - -Attribute Values ----------------- - -An attribute for a path can be in one of four states: Set, Unset, -Unspecified or set to a string, and `.value` member of `struct -attr_check_item` records it. There are three macros to check these: - -`ATTR_TRUE()`:: - - Returns true if the attribute is Set for the path. - -`ATTR_FALSE()`:: - - Returns true if the attribute is Unset for the path. - -`ATTR_UNSET()`:: - - Returns true if the attribute is Unspecified for the path. - -If none of the above returns true, `.value` member points at a string -value of the attribute for the path. - - -Querying Specific Attributes ----------------------------- - -* Prepare `struct attr_check` using attr_check_initl() - function, enumerating the names of attributes whose values you are - interested in, terminated with a NULL pointer. Alternatively, an - empty `struct attr_check` can be prepared by calling - `attr_check_alloc()` function and then attributes you want to - ask about can be added to it with `attr_check_append()` - function. - -* Call `git_check_attr()` to check the attributes for the path. - -* Inspect `attr_check` structure to see how each of the - attribute in the array is defined for the path. - - -Example -------- - -To see how attributes "crlf" and "ident" are set for different paths. - -. Prepare a `struct attr_check` with two elements (because - we are checking two attributes): - ------------- -static struct attr_check *check; -static void setup_check(void) -{ - if (check) - return; /* already done */ - check = attr_check_initl("crlf", "ident", NULL); -} ------------- - -. Call `git_check_attr()` with the prepared `struct attr_check`: - ------------- - const char *path; - - setup_check(); - git_check_attr(path, check); ------------- - -. Act on `.value` member of the result, left in `check->items[]`: - ------------- - const char *value = check->items[0].value; - - if (ATTR_TRUE(value)) { - The attribute is Set, by listing only the name of the - attribute in the gitattributes file for the path. - } else if (ATTR_FALSE(value)) { - The attribute is Unset, by listing the name of the - attribute prefixed with a dash - for the path. - } else if (ATTR_UNSET(value)) { - The attribute is neither set nor unset for the path. - } else if (!strcmp(value, "input")) { - If none of ATTR_TRUE(), ATTR_FALSE(), or ATTR_UNSET() is - true, the value is a string set in the gitattributes - file for the path by saying "attr=value". - } else if (... other check using value as string ...) { - ... - } ------------- - -To see how attributes in argv[] are set for different paths, only -the first step in the above would be different. - ------------- -static struct attr_check *check; -static void setup_check(const char **argv) -{ - check = attr_check_alloc(); - while (*argv) { - struct git_attr *attr = git_attr(*argv); - attr_check_append(check, attr); - argv++; - } -} ------------- - - -Querying All Attributes ------------------------ - -To get the values of all attributes associated with a file: - -* Prepare an empty `attr_check` structure by calling - `attr_check_alloc()`. - -* Call `git_all_attrs()`, which populates the `attr_check` - with the attributes attached to the path. - -* Iterate over the `attr_check.items[]` array to examine - the attribute names and values. The name of the attribute - described by an `attr_check.items[]` object can be retrieved via - `git_attr_name(check->items[i].attr)`. (Please note that no items - will be returned for unset attributes, so `ATTR_UNSET()` will return - false for all returned `attr_check.items[]` objects.) - -* Free the `attr_check` struct by calling `attr_check_free()`. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-grep.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-grep.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a69cc8964d..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-grep.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -grep API -======== - -Talk about <grep.h>, things like: - -* grep_buffer() - -(JC) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-history-graph.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-history-graph.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d0d1707c8c..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-history-graph.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,173 +0,0 @@ -history graph API -================= - -The graph API is used to draw a text-based representation of the commit -history. The API generates the graph in a line-by-line fashion. - -Functions ---------- - -Core functions: - -* `graph_init()` creates a new `struct git_graph` - -* `graph_update()` moves the graph to a new commit. - -* `graph_next_line()` outputs the next line of the graph into a strbuf. It - does not add a terminating newline. - -* `graph_padding_line()` outputs a line of vertical padding in the graph. It - is similar to `graph_next_line()`, but is guaranteed to never print the line - containing the current commit. Where `graph_next_line()` would print the - commit line next, `graph_padding_line()` prints a line that simply extends - all branch lines downwards one row, leaving their positions unchanged. - -* `graph_is_commit_finished()` determines if the graph has output all lines - necessary for the current commit. If `graph_update()` is called before all - lines for the current commit have been printed, the next call to - `graph_next_line()` will output an ellipsis, to indicate that a portion of - the graph was omitted. - -The following utility functions are wrappers around `graph_next_line()` and -`graph_is_commit_finished()`. They always print the output to stdout. -They can all be called with a NULL graph argument, in which case no graph -output will be printed. - -* `graph_show_commit()` calls `graph_next_line()` and - `graph_is_commit_finished()` until one of them return non-zero. This prints - all graph lines up to, and including, the line containing this commit. - Output is printed to stdout. The last line printed does not contain a - terminating newline. - -* `graph_show_oneline()` calls `graph_next_line()` and prints the result to - stdout. The line printed does not contain a terminating newline. - -* `graph_show_padding()` calls `graph_padding_line()` and prints the result to - stdout. The line printed does not contain a terminating newline. - -* `graph_show_remainder()` calls `graph_next_line()` until - `graph_is_commit_finished()` returns non-zero. Output is printed to stdout. - The last line printed does not contain a terminating newline. Returns 1 if - output was printed, and 0 if no output was necessary. - -* `graph_show_strbuf()` prints the specified strbuf to stdout, prefixing all - lines but the first with a graph line. The caller is responsible for - ensuring graph output for the first line has already been printed to stdout. - (This can be done with `graph_show_commit()` or `graph_show_oneline()`.) If - a NULL graph is supplied, the strbuf is printed as-is. - -* `graph_show_commit_msg()` is similar to `graph_show_strbuf()`, but it also - prints the remainder of the graph, if more lines are needed after the strbuf - ends. It is better than directly calling `graph_show_strbuf()` followed by - `graph_show_remainder()` since it properly handles buffers that do not end in - a terminating newline. The output printed by `graph_show_commit_msg()` will - end in a newline if and only if the strbuf ends in a newline. - -Data structure --------------- -`struct git_graph` is an opaque data type used to store the current graph -state. - -Calling sequence ----------------- - -* Create a `struct git_graph` by calling `graph_init()`. When using the - revision walking API, this is done automatically by `setup_revisions()` if - the '--graph' option is supplied. - -* Use the revision walking API to walk through a group of contiguous commits. - The `get_revision()` function automatically calls `graph_update()` each time - it is invoked. - -* For each commit, call `graph_next_line()` repeatedly, until - `graph_is_commit_finished()` returns non-zero. Each call to - `graph_next_line()` will output a single line of the graph. The resulting - lines will not contain any newlines. `graph_next_line()` returns 1 if the - resulting line contains the current commit, or 0 if this is merely a line - needed to adjust the graph before or after the current commit. This return - value can be used to determine where to print the commit summary information - alongside the graph output. - -Limitations ------------ - -* `graph_update()` must be called with commits in topological order. It should - not be called on a commit if it has already been invoked with an ancestor of - that commit, or the graph output will be incorrect. - -* `graph_update()` must be called on a contiguous group of commits. If - `graph_update()` is called on a particular commit, it should later be called - on all parents of that commit. Parents must not be skipped, or the graph - output will appear incorrect. -+ -`graph_update()` may be used on a pruned set of commits only if the parent list -has been rewritten so as to include only ancestors from the pruned set. - -* The graph API does not currently support reverse commit ordering. In - order to implement reverse ordering, the graphing API needs an - (efficient) mechanism to find the children of a commit. - -Sample usage ------------- - ------------- -struct commit *commit; -struct git_graph *graph = graph_init(opts); - -while ((commit = get_revision(opts)) != NULL) { - while (!graph_is_commit_finished(graph)) - { - struct strbuf sb; - int is_commit_line; - - strbuf_init(&sb, 0); - is_commit_line = graph_next_line(graph, &sb); - fputs(sb.buf, stdout); - - if (is_commit_line) - log_tree_commit(opts, commit); - else - putchar(opts->diffopt.line_termination); - } -} ------------- - -Sample output -------------- - -The following is an example of the output from the graph API. This output does -not include any commit summary information--callers are responsible for -outputting that information, if desired. - ------------- -* -* -* -|\ -* | -| | * -| \ \ -| \ \ -*-. \ \ -|\ \ \ \ -| | * | | -| | | | | * -| | | | | * -| | | | | * -| | | | | |\ -| | | | | | * -| * | | | | | -| | | | | * \ -| | | | | |\ | -| | | | * | | | -| | | | * | | | -* | | | | | | | -| |/ / / / / / -|/| / / / / / -* | | | | | | -|/ / / / / / -* | | | | | -| | | | | * -| | | | |/ -| | | | * ------------- diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-merge.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-merge.txt index 9dc1bed768..487d4d83ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-merge.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-merge.txt @@ -28,77 +28,9 @@ and `diff.c` for examples. * `struct ll_merge_options` -This describes the set of options the calling program wants to affect -the operation of a low-level (single file) merge. Some options: - -`virtual_ancestor`:: - Behave as though this were part of a merge between common - ancestors in a recursive merge. - If a helper program is specified by the - `[merge "<driver>"] recursive` configuration, it will - be used (see linkgit:gitattributes[5]). - -`variant`:: - Resolve local conflicts automatically in favor - of one side or the other (as in 'git merge-file' - `--ours`/`--theirs`/`--union`). Can be `0`, - `XDL_MERGE_FAVOR_OURS`, `XDL_MERGE_FAVOR_THEIRS`, or - `XDL_MERGE_FAVOR_UNION`. - -`renormalize`:: - Resmudge and clean the "base", "theirs" and "ours" files - before merging. Use this when the merge is likely to have - overlapped with a change in smudge/clean or end-of-line - normalization rules. +Check ll-merge.h for details. Low-level (single file) merge ----------------------------- -`ll_merge`:: - - Perform a three-way single-file merge in core. This is - a thin wrapper around `xdl_merge` that takes the path and - any merge backend specified in `.gitattributes` or - `.git/info/attributes` into account. Returns 0 for a - clean merge. - -Calling sequence: - -* Prepare a `struct ll_merge_options` to record options. - If you have no special requests, skip this and pass `NULL` - as the `opts` parameter to use the default options. - -* Allocate an mmbuffer_t variable for the result. - -* Allocate and fill variables with the file's original content - and two modified versions (using `read_mmfile`, for example). - -* Call `ll_merge()`. - -* Read the merged content from `result_buf.ptr` and `result_buf.size`. - -* Release buffers when finished. A simple - `free(ancestor.ptr); free(ours.ptr); free(theirs.ptr); - free(result_buf.ptr);` will do. - -If the modifications do not merge cleanly, `ll_merge` will return a -nonzero value and `result_buf` will generally include a description of -the conflict bracketed by markers such as the traditional `<<<<<<<` -and `>>>>>>>`. - -The `ancestor_label`, `our_label`, and `their_label` parameters are -used to label the different sides of a conflict if the merge driver -supports this. - -Everything else ---------------- - -Talk about <merge-recursive.h> and merge_file(): - - - merge_trees() to merge with rename detection - - merge_recursive() for ancestor consolidation - - try_merge_command() for other strategies - - conflict format - - merge options - -(Daniel, Miklos, Stephan, JC) +Check ll-merge.h for details. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-object-access.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-object-access.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5b29622d00..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-object-access.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -object access API -================= - -Talk about <sha1-file.c> and <object.h> family, things like - -* read_sha1_file() -* read_object_with_reference() -* has_sha1_file() -* write_sha1_file() -* pretend_object_file() -* lookup_{object,commit,tag,blob,tree} -* parse_{object,commit,tag,blob,tree} -* Use of object flags - -(JC, Shawn, Daniel, Dscho, Linus) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-oid-array.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-oid-array.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c97428c2c3..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-oid-array.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -oid-array API -============== - -The oid-array API provides storage and manipulation of sets of object -identifiers. The emphasis is on storage and processing efficiency, -making them suitable for large lists. Note that the ordering of items is -not preserved over some operations. - -Data Structures ---------------- - -`struct oid_array`:: - - A single array of object IDs. This should be initialized by - assignment from `OID_ARRAY_INIT`. The `oid` member contains - the actual data. The `nr` member contains the number of items in - the set. The `alloc` and `sorted` members are used internally, - and should not be needed by API callers. - -Functions ---------- - -`oid_array_append`:: - Add an item to the set. The object ID will be placed at the end of - the array (but note that some operations below may lose this - ordering). - -`oid_array_lookup`:: - Perform a binary search of the array for a specific object ID. - If found, returns the offset (in number of elements) of the - object ID. If not found, returns a negative integer. If the array - is not sorted, this function has the side effect of sorting it. - -`oid_array_clear`:: - Free all memory associated with the array and return it to the - initial, empty state. - -`oid_array_for_each`:: - Iterate over each element of the list, executing the callback - function for each one. Does not sort the list, so any custom - hash order is retained. If the callback returns a non-zero - value, the iteration ends immediately and the callback's - return is propagated; otherwise, 0 is returned. - -`oid_array_for_each_unique`:: - Iterate over each unique element of the list in sorted order, - but otherwise behave like `oid_array_for_each`. If the array - is not sorted, this function has the side effect of sorting - it. - -`oid_array_filter`:: - Apply the callback function `want` to each entry in the array, - retaining only the entries for which the function returns true. - Preserve the order of the entries that are retained. - -Examples --------- - ------------------------------------------ -int print_callback(const struct object_id *oid, - void *data) -{ - printf("%s\n", oid_to_hex(oid)); - return 0; /* always continue */ -} - -void some_func(void) -{ - struct sha1_array hashes = OID_ARRAY_INIT; - struct object_id oid; - - /* Read objects into our set */ - while (read_object_from_stdin(oid.hash)) - oid_array_append(&hashes, &oid); - - /* Check if some objects are in our set */ - while (read_object_from_stdin(oid.hash)) { - if (oid_array_lookup(&hashes, &oid) >= 0) - printf("it's in there!\n"); - - /* - * Print the unique set of objects. We could also have - * avoided adding duplicate objects in the first place, - * but we would end up re-sorting the array repeatedly. - * Instead, this will sort once and then skip duplicates - * in linear time. - */ - oid_array_for_each_unique(&hashes, print_callback, NULL); -} ------------------------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-quote.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-quote.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e8a1bce94e..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-quote.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -quote API -========= - -Talk about <quote.h>, things like - -* sq_quote and unquote -* c_style quote and unquote -* quoting for foreign languages - -(JC) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-ref-iteration.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-ref-iteration.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ad9d019ff9..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-ref-iteration.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -ref iteration API -================= - - -Iteration of refs is done by using an iterate function which will call a -callback function for every ref. The callback function has this -signature: - - int handle_one_ref(const char *refname, const struct object_id *oid, - int flags, void *cb_data); - -There are different kinds of iterate functions which all take a -callback of this type. The callback is then called for each found ref -until the callback returns nonzero. The returned value is then also -returned by the iterate function. - -Iteration functions -------------------- - -* `head_ref()` just iterates the head ref. - -* `for_each_ref()` iterates all refs. - -* `for_each_ref_in()` iterates all refs which have a defined prefix and - strips that prefix from the passed variable refname. - -* `for_each_tag_ref()`, `for_each_branch_ref()`, `for_each_remote_ref()`, - `for_each_replace_ref()` iterate refs from the respective area. - -* `for_each_glob_ref()` iterates all refs that match the specified glob - pattern. - -* `for_each_glob_ref_in()` the previous and `for_each_ref_in()` combined. - -* Use `refs_` API for accessing submodules. The submodule ref store could - be obtained with `get_submodule_ref_store()`. - -* `for_each_rawref()` can be used to learn about broken ref and symref. - -* `for_each_reflog()` iterates each reflog file. - -Submodules ----------- - -If you want to iterate the refs of a submodule you first need to add the -submodules object database. You can do this by a code-snippet like -this: - - const char *path = "path/to/submodule" - if (add_submodule_odb(path)) - die("Error submodule '%s' not populated.", path); - -`add_submodule_odb()` will return zero on success. If you -do not do this you will get an error for each ref that it does not point -to a valid object. - -Note: As a side-effect of this you cannot safely assume that all -objects you lookup are available in superproject. All submodule objects -will be available the same way as the superprojects objects. - -Example: --------- - ----- -static int handle_remote_ref(const char *refname, - const unsigned char *sha1, int flags, void *cb_data) -{ - struct strbuf *output = cb_data; - strbuf_addf(output, "%s\n", refname); - return 0; -} - -... - - struct strbuf output = STRBUF_INIT; - for_each_remote_ref(handle_remote_ref, &output); - printf("%s", output.buf); ----- diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-remote.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-remote.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f10941b2e8..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-remote.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -Remotes configuration API -========================= - -The API in remote.h gives access to the configuration related to -remotes. It handles all three configuration mechanisms historically -and currently used by Git, and presents the information in a uniform -fashion. Note that the code also handles plain URLs without any -configuration, giving them just the default information. - -struct remote -------------- - -`name`:: - - The user's nickname for the remote - -`url`:: - - An array of all of the url_nr URLs configured for the remote - -`pushurl`:: - - An array of all of the pushurl_nr push URLs configured for the remote - -`push`:: - - An array of refspecs configured for pushing, with - push_refspec being the literal strings, and push_refspec_nr - being the quantity. - -`fetch`:: - - An array of refspecs configured for fetching, with - fetch_refspec being the literal strings, and fetch_refspec_nr - being the quantity. - -`fetch_tags`:: - - The setting for whether to fetch tags (as a separate rule from - the configured refspecs); -1 means never to fetch tags, 0 - means to auto-follow tags based on the default heuristic, 1 - means to always auto-follow tags, and 2 means to fetch all - tags. - -`receivepack`, `uploadpack`:: - - The configured helper programs to run on the remote side, for - Git-native protocols. - -`http_proxy`:: - - The proxy to use for curl (http, https, ftp, etc.) URLs. - -`http_proxy_authmethod`:: - - The method used for authenticating against `http_proxy`. - -struct remotes can be found by name with remote_get(), and iterated -through with for_each_remote(). remote_get(NULL) will return the -default remote, given the current branch and configuration. - -struct refspec --------------- - -A struct refspec holds the parsed interpretation of a refspec. If it -will force updates (starts with a '+'), force is true. If it is a -pattern (sides end with '*') pattern is true. src and dest are the -two sides (including '*' characters if present); if there is only one -side, it is src, and dst is NULL; if sides exist but are empty (i.e., -the refspec either starts or ends with ':'), the corresponding side is -"". - -An array of strings can be parsed into an array of struct refspecs -using parse_fetch_refspec() or parse_push_refspec(). - -remote_find_tracking(), given a remote and a struct refspec with -either src or dst filled out, will fill out the other such that the -result is in the "fetch" specification for the remote (note that this -evaluates patterns and returns a single result). - -struct branch -------------- - -Note that this may end up moving to branch.h - -struct branch holds the configuration for a branch. It can be looked -up with branch_get(name) for "refs/heads/{name}", or with -branch_get(NULL) for HEAD. - -It contains: - -`name`:: - - The short name of the branch. - -`refname`:: - - The full path for the branch ref. - -`remote_name`:: - - The name of the remote listed in the configuration. - -`merge_name`:: - - An array of the "merge" lines in the configuration. - -`merge`:: - - An array of the struct refspecs used for the merge lines. That - is, merge[i]->dst is a local tracking ref which should be - merged into this branch by default. - -`merge_nr`:: - - The number of merge configurations - -branch_has_merge_config() returns true if the given branch has merge -configuration given. - -Other stuff ------------ - -There is other stuff in remote.h that is related, in general, to the -process of interacting with remotes. - -(Daniel Barkalow) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-revision-walking.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-revision-walking.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 03f9ea6ac4..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-revision-walking.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -revision walking API -==================== - -The revision walking API offers functions to build a list of revisions -and then iterate over that list. - -Calling sequence ----------------- - -The walking API has a given calling sequence: first you need to -initialize a rev_info structure, then add revisions to control what kind -of revision list do you want to get, finally you can iterate over the -revision list. - -Functions ---------- - -`repo_init_revisions`:: - - Initialize a rev_info structure with default values. The third - parameter may be NULL or can be prefix path, and then the `.prefix` - variable will be set to it. This is typically the first function you - want to call when you want to deal with a revision list. After calling - this function, you are free to customize options, like set - `.ignore_merges` to 0 if you don't want to ignore merges, and so on. See - `revision.h` for a complete list of available options. - -`add_pending_object`:: - - This function can be used if you want to add commit objects as revision - information. You can use the `UNINTERESTING` object flag to indicate if - you want to include or exclude the given commit (and commits reachable - from the given commit) from the revision list. -+ -NOTE: If you have the commits as a string list then you probably want to -use setup_revisions(), instead of parsing each string and using this -function. - -`setup_revisions`:: - - Parse revision information, filling in the `rev_info` structure, and - removing the used arguments from the argument list. Returns the number - of arguments left that weren't recognized, which are also moved to the - head of the argument list. The last parameter is used in case no - parameter given by the first two arguments. - -`prepare_revision_walk`:: - - Prepares the rev_info structure for a walk. You should check if it - returns any error (non-zero return code) and if it does not, you can - start using get_revision() to do the iteration. - -`get_revision`:: - - Takes a pointer to a `rev_info` structure and iterates over it, - returning a `struct commit *` each time you call it. The end of the - revision list is indicated by returning a NULL pointer. - -`reset_revision_walk`:: - - Reset the flags used by the revision walking api. You can use - this to do multiple sequential revision walks. - -Data structures ---------------- - -Talk about <revision.h>, things like: - -* two diff_options, one for path limiting, another for output; -* remaining functions; - -(Linus, JC, Dscho) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-run-command.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-run-command.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8bf3e37f53..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-run-command.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,264 +0,0 @@ -run-command API -=============== - -The run-command API offers a versatile tool to run sub-processes with -redirected input and output as well as with a modified environment -and an alternate current directory. - -A similar API offers the capability to run a function asynchronously, -which is primarily used to capture the output that the function -produces in the caller in order to process it. - - -Functions ---------- - -`child_process_init`:: - - Initialize a struct child_process variable. - -`start_command`:: - - Start a sub-process. Takes a pointer to a `struct child_process` - that specifies the details and returns pipe FDs (if requested). - See below for details. - -`finish_command`:: - - Wait for the completion of a sub-process that was started with - start_command(). - -`run_command`:: - - A convenience function that encapsulates a sequence of - start_command() followed by finish_command(). Takes a pointer - to a `struct child_process` that specifies the details. - -`run_command_v_opt`, `run_command_v_opt_cd_env`:: - - Convenience functions that encapsulate a sequence of - start_command() followed by finish_command(). The argument argv - specifies the program and its arguments. The argument opt is zero - or more of the flags `RUN_COMMAND_NO_STDIN`, `RUN_GIT_CMD`, - `RUN_COMMAND_STDOUT_TO_STDERR`, or `RUN_SILENT_EXEC_FAILURE` - that correspond to the members .no_stdin, .git_cmd, - .stdout_to_stderr, .silent_exec_failure of `struct child_process`. - The argument dir corresponds the member .dir. The argument env - corresponds to the member .env. - -`child_process_clear`:: - - Release the memory associated with the struct child_process. - Most users of the run-command API don't need to call this - function explicitly because `start_command` invokes it on - failure and `finish_command` calls it automatically already. - -The functions above do the following: - -. If a system call failed, errno is set and -1 is returned. A diagnostic - is printed. - -. If the program was not found, then -1 is returned and errno is set to - ENOENT; a diagnostic is printed only if .silent_exec_failure is 0. - -. Otherwise, the program is run. If it terminates regularly, its exit - code is returned. No diagnostic is printed, even if the exit code is - non-zero. - -. If the program terminated due to a signal, then the return value is the - signal number + 128, ie. the same value that a POSIX shell's $? would - report. A diagnostic is printed. - - -`start_async`:: - - Run a function asynchronously. Takes a pointer to a `struct - async` that specifies the details and returns a set of pipe FDs - for communication with the function. See below for details. - -`finish_async`:: - - Wait for the completion of an asynchronous function that was - started with start_async(). - -`run_hook`:: - - Run a hook. - The first argument is a pathname to an index file, or NULL - if the hook uses the default index file or no index is needed. - The second argument is the name of the hook. - The further arguments correspond to the hook arguments. - The last argument has to be NULL to terminate the arguments list. - If the hook does not exist or is not executable, the return - value will be zero. - If it is executable, the hook will be executed and the exit - status of the hook is returned. - On execution, .stdout_to_stderr and .no_stdin will be set. - (See below.) - - -Data structures ---------------- - -* `struct child_process` - -This describes the arguments, redirections, and environment of a -command to run in a sub-process. - -The caller: - -1. allocates and clears (using child_process_init() or - CHILD_PROCESS_INIT) a struct child_process variable; -2. initializes the members; -3. calls start_command(); -4. processes the data; -5. closes file descriptors (if necessary; see below); -6. calls finish_command(). - -The .argv member is set up as an array of string pointers (NULL -terminated), of which .argv[0] is the program name to run (usually -without a path). If the command to run is a git command, set argv[0] to -the command name without the 'git-' prefix and set .git_cmd = 1. - -Note that the ownership of the memory pointed to by .argv stays with the -caller, but it should survive until `finish_command` completes. If the -.argv member is NULL, `start_command` will point it at the .args -`argv_array` (so you may use one or the other, but you must use exactly -one). The memory in .args will be cleaned up automatically during -`finish_command` (or during `start_command` when it is unsuccessful). - -The members .in, .out, .err are used to redirect stdin, stdout, -stderr as follows: - -. Specify 0 to request no special redirection. No new file descriptor - is allocated. The child process simply inherits the channel from the - parent. - -. Specify -1 to have a pipe allocated; start_command() replaces -1 - by the pipe FD in the following way: - - .in: Returns the writable pipe end into which the caller writes; - the readable end of the pipe becomes the child's stdin. - - .out, .err: Returns the readable pipe end from which the caller - reads; the writable end of the pipe end becomes child's - stdout/stderr. - - The caller of start_command() must close the so returned FDs - after it has completed reading from/writing to it! - -. Specify a file descriptor > 0 to be used by the child: - - .in: The FD must be readable; it becomes child's stdin. - .out: The FD must be writable; it becomes child's stdout. - .err: The FD must be writable; it becomes child's stderr. - - The specified FD is closed by start_command(), even if it fails to - run the sub-process! - -. Special forms of redirection are available by setting these members - to 1: - - .no_stdin, .no_stdout, .no_stderr: The respective channel is - redirected to /dev/null. - - .stdout_to_stderr: stdout of the child is redirected to its - stderr. This happens after stderr is itself redirected. - So stdout will follow stderr to wherever it is - redirected. - -To modify the environment of the sub-process, specify an array of -string pointers (NULL terminated) in .env: - -. If the string is of the form "VAR=value", i.e. it contains '=' - the variable is added to the child process's environment. - -. If the string does not contain '=', it names an environment - variable that will be removed from the child process's environment. - -If the .env member is NULL, `start_command` will point it at the -.env_array `argv_array` (so you may use one or the other, but not both). -The memory in .env_array will be cleaned up automatically during -`finish_command` (or during `start_command` when it is unsuccessful). - -To specify a new initial working directory for the sub-process, -specify it in the .dir member. - -If the program cannot be found, the functions return -1 and set -errno to ENOENT. Normally, an error message is printed, but if -.silent_exec_failure is set to 1, no message is printed for this -special error condition. - - -* `struct async` - -This describes a function to run asynchronously, whose purpose is -to produce output that the caller reads. - -The caller: - -1. allocates and clears (memset(&asy, 0, sizeof(asy));) a - struct async variable; -2. initializes .proc and .data; -3. calls start_async(); -4. processes communicates with proc through .in and .out; -5. closes .in and .out; -6. calls finish_async(). - -The members .in, .out are used to provide a set of fd's for -communication between the caller and the callee as follows: - -. Specify 0 to have no file descriptor passed. The callee will - receive -1 in the corresponding argument. - -. Specify < 0 to have a pipe allocated; start_async() replaces - with the pipe FD in the following way: - - .in: Returns the writable pipe end into which the caller - writes; the readable end of the pipe becomes the function's - in argument. - - .out: Returns the readable pipe end from which the caller - reads; the writable end of the pipe becomes the function's - out argument. - - The caller of start_async() must close the returned FDs after it - has completed reading from/writing from them. - -. Specify a file descriptor > 0 to be used by the function: - - .in: The FD must be readable; it becomes the function's in. - .out: The FD must be writable; it becomes the function's out. - - The specified FD is closed by start_async(), even if it fails to - run the function. - -The function pointer in .proc has the following signature: - - int proc(int in, int out, void *data); - -. in, out specifies a set of file descriptors to which the function - must read/write the data that it needs/produces. The function - *must* close these descriptors before it returns. A descriptor - may be -1 if the caller did not configure a descriptor for that - direction. - -. data is the value that the caller has specified in the .data member - of struct async. - -. The return value of the function is 0 on success and non-zero - on failure. If the function indicates failure, finish_async() will - report failure as well. - - -There are serious restrictions on what the asynchronous function can do -because this facility is implemented by a thread in the same address -space on most platforms (when pthreads is available), but by a pipe to -a forked process otherwise: - -. It cannot change the program's state (global variables, environment, - etc.) in a way that the caller notices; in other words, .in and .out - are the only communication channels to the caller. - -. It must not change the program's state that the caller of the - facility also uses. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-setup.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-setup.txt deleted file mode 100644 index eb1fa9853e..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-setup.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -setup API -========= - -Talk about - -* setup_git_directory() -* setup_git_directory_gently() -* is_inside_git_dir() -* is_inside_work_tree() -* setup_work_tree() - -(Dscho) - -Pathspec --------- - -See glossary-context.txt for the syntax of pathspec. In memory, a -pathspec set is represented by "struct pathspec" and is prepared by -parse_pathspec(). This function takes several arguments: - -- magic_mask specifies what features that are NOT supported by the - following code. If a user attempts to use such a feature, - parse_pathspec() can reject it early. - -- flags specifies other things that the caller wants parse_pathspec to - perform. - -- prefix and args come from cmd_* functions - -parse_pathspec() helps catch unsupported features and reject them -politely. At a lower level, different pathspec-related functions may -not support the same set of features. Such pathspec-sensitive -functions are guarded with GUARD_PATHSPEC(), which will die in an -unfriendly way when an unsupported feature is requested. - -The command designers are supposed to make sure that GUARD_PATHSPEC() -never dies. They have to make sure all unsupported features are caught -by parse_pathspec(), not by GUARD_PATHSPEC. grepping GUARD_PATHSPEC() -should give the designers all pathspec-sensitive codepaths and what -features they support. - -A similar process is applied when a new pathspec magic is added. The -designer lifts the GUARD_PATHSPEC restriction in the functions that -support the new magic. At the same time (s)he has to make sure this -new feature will be caught at parse_pathspec() in commands that cannot -handle the new magic in some cases. grepping parse_pathspec() should -help. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-sigchain.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-sigchain.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 9e1189ef01..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-sigchain.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -sigchain API -============ - -Code often wants to set a signal handler to clean up temporary files or -other work-in-progress when we die unexpectedly. For multiple pieces of -code to do this without conflicting, each piece of code must remember -the old value of the handler and restore it either when: - - 1. The work-in-progress is finished, and the handler is no longer - necessary. The handler should revert to the original behavior - (either another handler, SIG_DFL, or SIG_IGN). - - 2. The signal is received. We should then do our cleanup, then chain - to the next handler (or die if it is SIG_DFL). - -Sigchain is a tiny library for keeping a stack of handlers. Your handler -and installation code should look something like: - ------------------------------------------- - void clean_foo_on_signal(int sig) - { - clean_foo(); - sigchain_pop(sig); - raise(sig); - } - - void other_func() - { - sigchain_push_common(clean_foo_on_signal); - mess_up_foo(); - clean_foo(); - } ------------------------------------------- - -Handlers are given the typedef of sigchain_fun. This is the same type -that is given to signal() or sigaction(). It is perfectly reasonable to -push SIG_DFL or SIG_IGN onto the stack. - -You can sigchain_push and sigchain_pop individual signals. For -convenience, sigchain_push_common will push the handler onto the stack -for many common signals. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-submodule-config.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-submodule-config.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fb06089393..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-submodule-config.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -submodule config cache API -========================== - -The submodule config cache API allows to read submodule -configurations/information from specified revisions. Internally -information is lazily read into a cache that is used to avoid -unnecessary parsing of the same .gitmodules files. Lookups can be done by -submodule path or name. - -Usage ------ - -To initialize the cache with configurations from the worktree the caller -typically first calls `gitmodules_config()` to read values from the -worktree .gitmodules and then to overlay the local git config values -`parse_submodule_config_option()` from the config parsing -infrastructure. - -The caller can look up information about submodules by using the -`submodule_from_path()` or `submodule_from_name()` functions. They return -a `struct submodule` which contains the values. The API automatically -initializes and allocates the needed infrastructure on-demand. If the -caller does only want to lookup values from revisions the initialization -can be skipped. - -If the internal cache might grow too big or when the caller is done with -the API, all internally cached values can be freed with submodule_free(). - -Data Structures ---------------- - -`struct submodule`:: - - This structure is used to return the information about one - submodule for a certain revision. It is returned by the lookup - functions. - -Functions ---------- - -`void submodule_free(struct repository *r)`:: - - Use these to free the internally cached values. - -`int parse_submodule_config_option(const char *var, const char *value)`:: - - Can be passed to the config parsing infrastructure to parse - local (worktree) submodule configurations. - -`const struct submodule *submodule_from_path(const unsigned char *treeish_name, const char *path)`:: - - Given a tree-ish in the superproject and a path, return the - submodule that is bound at the path in the named tree. - -`const struct submodule *submodule_from_name(const unsigned char *treeish_name, const char *name)`:: - - The same as above but lookup by name. - -Whenever a submodule configuration is parsed in `parse_submodule_config_option` -via e.g. `gitmodules_config()`, it will overwrite the null_sha1 entry. -So in the normal case, when HEAD:.gitmodules is parsed first and then overlayed -with the repository configuration, the null_sha1 entry contains the local -configuration of a submodule (e.g. consolidated values from local git -configuration and the .gitmodules file in the worktree). - -For an example usage see test-submodule-config.c. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-trace.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-trace.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fadb5979c4..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-trace.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -trace API -========= - -The trace API can be used to print debug messages to stderr or a file. Trace -code is inactive unless explicitly enabled by setting `GIT_TRACE*` environment -variables. - -The trace implementation automatically adds `timestamp file:line ... \n` to -all trace messages. E.g.: - ------------- -23:59:59.123456 git.c:312 trace: built-in: git 'foo' -00:00:00.000001 builtin/foo.c:99 foo: some message ------------- - -Data Structures ---------------- - -`struct trace_key`:: - - Defines a trace key (or category). The default (for API functions that - don't take a key) is `GIT_TRACE`. -+ -E.g. to define a trace key controlled by environment variable `GIT_TRACE_FOO`: -+ ------------- -static struct trace_key trace_foo = TRACE_KEY_INIT(FOO); - -static void trace_print_foo(const char *message) -{ - trace_printf_key(&trace_foo, "%s", message); -} ------------- -+ -Note: don't use `const` as the trace implementation stores internal state in -the `trace_key` structure. - -Functions ---------- - -`int trace_want(struct trace_key *key)`:: - - Checks whether the trace key is enabled. Used to prevent expensive - string formatting before calling one of the printing APIs. - -`void trace_disable(struct trace_key *key)`:: - - Disables tracing for the specified key, even if the environment - variable was set. - -`void trace_printf(const char *format, ...)`:: -`void trace_printf_key(struct trace_key *key, const char *format, ...)`:: - - Prints a formatted message, similar to printf. - -`void trace_argv_printf(const char **argv, const char *format, ...)``:: - - Prints a formatted message, followed by a quoted list of arguments. - -`void trace_strbuf(struct trace_key *key, const struct strbuf *data)`:: - - Prints the strbuf, without additional formatting (i.e. doesn't - choke on `%` or even `\0`). - -`uint64_t getnanotime(void)`:: - - Returns nanoseconds since the epoch (01/01/1970), typically used - for performance measurements. -+ -Currently there are high precision timer implementations for Linux (using -`clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC)`) and Windows (`QueryPerformanceCounter`). -Other platforms use `gettimeofday` as time source. - -`void trace_performance(uint64_t nanos, const char *format, ...)`:: -`void trace_performance_since(uint64_t start, const char *format, ...)`:: - - Prints the elapsed time (in nanoseconds), or elapsed time since - `start`, followed by a formatted message. Enabled via environment - variable `GIT_TRACE_PERFORMANCE`. Used for manual profiling, e.g.: -+ ------------- -uint64_t start = getnanotime(); -/* code section to measure */ -trace_performance_since(start, "foobar"); ------------- -+ ------------- -uint64_t t = 0; -for (;;) { - /* ignore */ - t -= getnanotime(); - /* code section to measure */ - t += getnanotime(); - /* ignore */ -} -trace_performance(t, "frotz"); ------------- - -Bugs & Caveats --------------- - -GIT_TRACE_* environment variables can be used to tell Git to show -trace output to its standard error stream. Git can often spawn a pager -internally to run its subcommand and send its standard output and -standard error to it. - -Because GIT_TRACE_PERFORMANCE trace is generated only at the very end -of the program with atexit(), which happens after the pager exits, it -would not work well if you send its log to the standard error output -and let Git spawn the pager at the same time. - -As a work around, you can for example use '--no-pager', or set -GIT_TRACE_PERFORMANCE to another file descriptor which is redirected -to stderr, or set GIT_TRACE_PERFORMANCE to a file specified by its -absolute path. - -For example instead of the following command which by default may not -print any performance information: - ------------- -GIT_TRACE_PERFORMANCE=2 git log -1 ------------- - -you may want to use: - ------------- -GIT_TRACE_PERFORMANCE=2 git --no-pager log -1 ------------- - -or: - ------------- -GIT_TRACE_PERFORMANCE=3 3>&2 git log -1 ------------- - -or: - ------------- -GIT_TRACE_PERFORMANCE=/path/to/log/file git log -1 ------------- diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-trace2.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-trace2.txt index a045dbe422..6b6085585d 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-trace2.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-trace2.txt @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ describe the simplified forms. == Public API -All Trace2 API functions send a messsage to all of the active +All Trace2 API functions send a message to all of the active Trace2 Targets. This section describes the set of available messages. @@ -188,261 +188,36 @@ purposes. === Basic Command Messages These are concerned with the lifetime of the overall git process. - -`void trace2_initialize_clock()`:: - - Initialize the Trace2 start clock and nothing else. This should - be called at the very top of main() to capture the process start - time and reduce startup order dependencies. - -`void trace2_initialize()`:: - - Determines if any Trace2 Targets should be enabled and - initializes the Trace2 facility. This includes setting up the - Trace2 thread local storage (TLS). -+ -This function emits a "version" message containing the version of git -and the Trace2 protocol. -+ -This function should be called from `main()` as early as possible in -the life of the process after essential process initialization. - -`int trace2_is_enabled()`:: - - Returns 1 if Trace2 is enabled (at least one target is - active). - -`void trace2_cmd_start(int argc, const char **argv)`:: - - Emits a "start" message containing the process command line - arguments. - -`int trace2_cmd_exit(int exit_code)`:: - - Emits an "exit" message containing the process exit-code and - elapsed time. -+ -Returns the exit-code. - -`void trace2_cmd_error(const char *fmt, va_list ap)`:: - - Emits an "error" message containing a formatted error message. - -`void trace2_cmd_path(const char *pathname)`:: - - Emits a "cmd_path" message with the full pathname of the - current process. +e.g: `void trace2_initialize_clock()`, `void trace2_initialize()`, +`int trace2_is_enabled()`, `void trace2_cmd_start(int argc, const char **argv)`. === Command Detail Messages These are concerned with describing the specific Git command after the command line, config, and environment are inspected. - -`void trace2_cmd_name(const char *name)`:: - - Emits a "cmd_name" message with the canonical name of the - command, for example "status" or "checkout". - -`void trace2_cmd_mode(const char *mode)`:: - - Emits a "cmd_mode" message with a qualifier name to further - describe the current git command. -+ -This message is intended to be used with git commands having multiple -major modes. For example, a "checkout" command can checkout a new -branch or it can checkout a single file, so the checkout code could -emit a cmd_mode message of "branch" or "file". - -`void trace2_cmd_alias(const char *alias, const char **argv_expansion)`:: - - Emits an "alias" message containing the alias used and the - argument expansion. - -`void trace2_def_param(const char *parameter, const char *value)`:: - - Emits a "def_param" message containing a key/value pair. -+ -This message is intended to report some global aspect of the current -command, such as a configuration setting or command line switch that -significantly affects program performance or behavior, such as -`core.abbrev`, `status.showUntrackedFiles`, or `--no-ahead-behind`. - -`void trace2_cmd_list_config()`:: - - Emits a "def_param" messages for "important" configuration - settings. -+ -The environment variable `GIT_TRACE2_CONFIG_PARAMS` or the `trace2.configParams` -config value can be set to a -list of patterns of important configuration settings, for example: -`core.*,remote.*.url`. This function will iterate over all config -settings and emit a "def_param" message for each match. - -`void trace2_cmd_set_config(const char *key, const char *value)`:: - - Emits a "def_param" message for a new or updated key/value - pair IF `key` is considered important. -+ -This is used to hook into `git_config_set()` and catch any -configuration changes and update a value previously reported by -`trace2_cmd_list_config()`. - -`void trace2_def_repo(struct repository *repo)`:: - - Registers a repository with the Trace2 layer. Assigns a - unique "repo-id" to `repo->trace2_repo_id`. -+ -Emits a "worktree" messages containing the repo-id and the worktree -pathname. -+ -Region and data messages (described later) may refer to this repo-id. -+ -The main/top-level repository will have repo-id value 1 (aka "r1"). -+ -The repo-id field is in anticipation of future in-proc submodule -repositories. +e.g: `void trace2_cmd_name(const char *name)`, +`void trace2_cmd_mode(const char *mode)`. === Child Process Messages These are concerned with the various spawned child processes, including shell scripts, git commands, editors, pagers, and hooks. -`void trace2_child_start(struct child_process *cmd)`:: - - Emits a "child_start" message containing the "child-id", - "child-argv", and "child-classification". -+ -Before calling this, set `cmd->trace2_child_class` to a name -describing the type of child process, for example "editor". -+ -This function assigns a unique "child-id" to `cmd->trace2_child_id`. -This field is used later during the "child_exit" message to associate -it with the "child_start" message. -+ -This function should be called before spawning the child process. - -`void trace2_child_exit(struct child_proess *cmd, int child_exit_code)`:: - - Emits a "child_exit" message containing the "child-id", - the child's elapsed time and exit-code. -+ -The reported elapsed time includes the process creation overhead and -time spend waiting for it to exit, so it may be slightly longer than -the time reported by the child itself. -+ -This function should be called after reaping the child process. - -`int trace2_exec(const char *exe, const char **argv)`:: - - Emits a "exec" message containing the "exec-id" and the - argv of the new process. -+ -This function should be called before calling one of the `exec()` -variants, such as `execvp()`. -+ -This function returns a unique "exec-id". This value is used later -if the exec() fails and a "exec-result" message is necessary. - -`void trace2_exec_result(int exec_id, int error_code)`:: - - Emits a "exec_result" message containing the "exec-id" - and the error code. -+ -On Unix-based systems, `exec()` does not return if successful. -This message is used to indicate that the `exec()` failed and -that the current program is continuing. +e.g: `void trace2_child_start(struct child_process *cmd)`. === Git Thread Messages These messages are concerned with Git thread usage. -`void trace2_thread_start(const char *thread_name)`:: - - Emits a "thread_start" message. -+ -The `thread_name` field should be a descriptive name, such as the -unique name of the thread-proc. A unique "thread-id" will be added -to the name to uniquely identify thread instances. -+ -Region and data messages (described later) may refer to this thread -name. -+ -This function must be called by the thread-proc of the new thread -(so that TLS data is properly initialized) and not by the caller -of `pthread_create()`. - -`void trace2_thread_exit()`:: - - Emits a "thread_exit" message containing the thread name - and the thread elapsed time. -+ -This function must be called by the thread-proc before it returns -(so that the coorect TLS data is used and cleaned up. It should -not be called by the caller of `pthread_join()`. +e.g: `void trace2_thread_start(const char *thread_name)`. === Region and Data Messages These are concerned with recording performance data -over regions or spans of code. - -`void trace2_region_enter(const char *category, const char *label, const struct repository *repo)`:: - -`void trace2_region_enter_printf(const char *category, const char *label, const struct repository *repo, const char *fmt, ...)`:: - -`void trace2_region_enter_printf_va(const char *category, const char *label, const struct repository *repo, const char *fmt, va_list ap)`:: - - Emits a thread-relative "region_enter" message with optional - printf string. -+ -This function pushes a new region nesting stack level on the current -thread and starts a clock for the new stack frame. -+ -The `category` field is an arbitrary category name used to classify -regions by feature area, such as "status" or "index". At this time -it is only just printed along with the rest of the message. It may -be used in the future to filter messages. -+ -The `label` field is an arbitrary label used to describe the activity -being started, such as "read_recursive" or "do_read_index". -+ -The `repo` field, if set, will be used to get the "repo-id", so that -recursive oerations can be attributed to the correct repository. - -`void trace2_region_leave(const char *category, const char *label, const struct repository *repo)`:: - -`void trace2_region_leave_printf(const char *category, const char *label, const struct repository *repo, const char *fmt, ...)`:: - -`void trace2_region_leave_printf_va(const char *category, const char *label, const struct repository *repo, const char *fmt, va_list ap)`:: - - Emits a thread-relative "region_leave" message with optional - printf string. -+ -This function pops the region nesting stack on the current thread -and reports the elapsed time of the stack frame. -+ -The `category`, `label`, and `repo` fields are the same as above. -The `category` and `label` do not need to match the correpsonding -"region_enter" message, but it makes the data stream easier to -understand. - -`void trace2_data_string(const char *category, const struct repository *repo, const char *key, const char * value)`:: - -`void trace2_data_intmax(const char *category, const struct repository *repo, const char *key, intmax value)`:: - -`void trace2_data_json(const char *category, const struct repository *repo, const char *key, const struct json_writer *jw)`:: - - Emits a region- and thread-relative "data" or "data_json" message. -+ -This is a key/value pair message containing information about the -current thread, region stack, and repository. This could be used -to print the number of files in a directory during a multi-threaded -recursive tree walk. - -`void trace2_printf(const char *fmt, ...)`:: - -`void trace2_printf_va(const char *fmt, va_list ap)`:: +over regions or spans of code. e.g: +`void trace2_region_enter(const char *category, const char *label, const struct repository *repo)`. - Emits a region- and thread-relative "printf" message. +Refer to trace2.h for details about all trace2 functions. == Trace2 Target Formats @@ -816,7 +591,7 @@ with "?". Note that the session-id of the child process is not available to the current/spawning process, so the child's PID is reported here as a hint for post-processing. (But it is only a hint because the child -proces may be a shell script which doesn't have a session-id.) +process may be a shell script which doesn't have a session-id.) + Note that the `t_rel` field contains the observed run time in seconds for the child process (starting before the fork/exec/spawn and @@ -881,7 +656,8 @@ The "exec_id" field is a command-unique id and is only useful if the ------------ `"def_param"`:: - This event is generated to log a global parameter. + This event is generated to log a global parameter, such as a config + setting, command-line flag, or environment variable. + ------------ { @@ -1176,7 +952,7 @@ d0 | main | atexit | | 0.028809 | | + Regions may be nested. This causes messages to be indented in the PERF target, for example. -Elapsed times are relative to the start of the correpsonding nesting +Elapsed times are relative to the start of the corresponding nesting level as expected. For example, if we add region message to: + ---------------- @@ -1371,7 +1147,7 @@ d0 | main | atexit | | 0.030027 | | In this example, the preload region took 0.009122 seconds. The 7 threads took between 0.006069 and 0.008947 seconds to work on their portion of the index. Thread "th01" worked on 508 items at offset 0. Thread "th02" -worked on 508 items at offset 2032. Thread "th04" worked on 508 itemts +worked on 508 items at offset 2032. Thread "th04" worked on 508 items at offset 508. + This example also shows that thread names are assigned in a racy manner diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-tree-walking.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-tree-walking.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7962e32854..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-tree-walking.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,149 +0,0 @@ -tree walking API -================ - -The tree walking API is used to traverse and inspect trees. - -Data Structures ---------------- - -`struct name_entry`:: - - An entry in a tree. Each entry has a sha1 identifier, pathname, and - mode. - -`struct tree_desc`:: - - A semi-opaque data structure used to maintain the current state of the - walk. -+ -* `buffer` is a pointer into the memory representation of the tree. It always -points at the current entry being visited. - -* `size` counts the number of bytes left in the `buffer`. - -* `entry` points to the current entry being visited. - -`struct traverse_info`:: - - A structure used to maintain the state of a traversal. -+ -* `prev` points to the traverse_info which was used to descend into the -current tree. If this is the top-level tree `prev` will point to -a dummy traverse_info. - -* `name` is the entry for the current tree (if the tree is a subtree). - -* `pathlen` is the length of the full path for the current tree. - -* `conflicts` can be used by callbacks to maintain directory-file conflicts. - -* `fn` is a callback called for each entry in the tree. See Traversing for more -information. - -* `data` can be anything the `fn` callback would want to use. - -* `show_all_errors` tells whether to stop at the first error or not. - -Initializing ------------- - -`init_tree_desc`:: - - Initialize a `tree_desc` and decode its first entry. The buffer and - size parameters are assumed to be the same as the buffer and size - members of `struct tree`. - -`fill_tree_descriptor`:: - - Initialize a `tree_desc` and decode its first entry given the - object ID of a tree. Returns the `buffer` member if the latter - is a valid tree identifier and NULL otherwise. - -`setup_traverse_info`:: - - Initialize a `traverse_info` given the pathname of the tree to start - traversing from. - -Walking -------- - -`tree_entry`:: - - Visit the next entry in a tree. Returns 1 when there are more entries - left to visit and 0 when all entries have been visited. This is - commonly used in the test of a while loop. - -`tree_entry_len`:: - - Calculate the length of a tree entry's pathname. This utilizes the - memory structure of a tree entry to avoid the overhead of using a - generic strlen(). - -`update_tree_entry`:: - - Walk to the next entry in a tree. This is commonly used in conjunction - with `tree_entry_extract` to inspect the current entry. - -`tree_entry_extract`:: - - Decode the entry currently being visited (the one pointed to by - `tree_desc's` `entry` member) and return the sha1 of the entry. The - `pathp` and `modep` arguments are set to the entry's pathname and mode - respectively. - -`get_tree_entry`:: - - Find an entry in a tree given a pathname and the sha1 of a tree to - search. Returns 0 if the entry is found and -1 otherwise. The third - and fourth parameters are set to the entry's sha1 and mode - respectively. - -Traversing ----------- - -`traverse_trees`:: - - Traverse `n` number of trees in parallel. The `fn` callback member of - `traverse_info` is called once for each tree entry. - -`traverse_callback_t`:: - The arguments passed to the traverse callback are as follows: -+ -* `n` counts the number of trees being traversed. - -* `mask` has its nth bit set if something exists in the nth entry. - -* `dirmask` has its nth bit set if the nth tree's entry is a directory. - -* `entry` is an array of size `n` where the nth entry is from the nth tree. - -* `info` maintains the state of the traversal. - -+ -Returning a negative value will terminate the traversal. Otherwise the -return value is treated as an update mask. If the nth bit is set the nth tree -will be updated and if the bit is not set the nth tree entry will be the -same in the next callback invocation. - -`make_traverse_path`:: - - Generate the full pathname of a tree entry based from the root of the - traversal. For example, if the traversal has recursed into another - tree named "bar" the pathname of an entry "baz" in the "bar" - tree would be "bar/baz". - -`traverse_path_len`:: - - Calculate the length of a pathname returned by `make_traverse_path`. - This utilizes the memory structure of a tree entry to avoid the - overhead of using a generic strlen(). - -`strbuf_make_traverse_path`:: - - Convenience wrapper to `make_traverse_path` into a strbuf. - -Authors -------- - -Written by Junio C Hamano <gitster@pobox.com> and Linus Torvalds -<torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-xdiff-interface.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-xdiff-interface.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 6296ecad1d..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-xdiff-interface.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -xdiff interface API -=================== - -Talk about our calling convention to xdiff library, including -xdiff_emit_consume_fn. - -(Dscho, JC) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/bundle-format.txt b/Documentation/technical/bundle-format.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e828151a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/technical/bundle-format.txt @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ += Git bundle v2 format + +The Git bundle format is a format that represents both refs and Git objects. + +== Format + +We will use ABNF notation to define the Git bundle format. See +protocol-common.txt for the details. + +---- +bundle = signature *prerequisite *reference LF pack +signature = "# v2 git bundle" LF + +prerequisite = "-" obj-id SP comment LF +comment = *CHAR +reference = obj-id SP refname LF + +pack = ... ; packfile +---- + +== Semantics + +A Git bundle consists of three parts. + +* "Prerequisites" lists the objects that are NOT included in the bundle and the + reader of the bundle MUST already have, in order to use the data in the + bundle. The objects stored in the bundle may refer to prerequisite objects and + anything reachable from them (e.g. a tree object in the bundle can reference + a blob that is reachable from a prerequisite) and/or expressed as a delta + against prerequisite objects. + +* "References" record the tips of the history graph, iow, what the reader of the + bundle CAN "git fetch" from it. + +* "Pack" is the pack data stream "git fetch" would send, if you fetch from a + repository that has the references recorded in the "References" above into a + repository that has references pointing at the objects listed in + "Prerequisites" above. + +In the bundle format, there can be a comment following a prerequisite obj-id. +This is a comment and it has no specific meaning. The writer of the bundle MAY +put any string here. The reader of the bundle MUST ignore the comment. + +=== Note on the shallow clone and a Git bundle + +Note that the prerequisites does not represent a shallow-clone boundary. The +semantics of the prerequisites and the shallow-clone boundaries are different, +and the Git bundle v2 format cannot represent a shallow clone repository. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/commit-graph.txt b/Documentation/technical/commit-graph.txt index 729fbcb32f..808fa30b99 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/commit-graph.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/commit-graph.txt @@ -22,11 +22,11 @@ as "commit-graph" either in the .git/objects/info directory or in the info directory of an alternate. The commit-graph file stores the commit graph structure along with some -extra metadata to speed up graph walks. By listing commit OIDs in lexi- -cographic order, we can identify an integer position for each commit and -refer to the parents of a commit using those integer positions. We use -binary search to find initial commits and then use the integer positions -for fast lookups during the walk. +extra metadata to speed up graph walks. By listing commit OIDs in +lexicographic order, we can identify an integer position for each commit +and refer to the parents of a commit using those integer positions. We +use binary search to find initial commits and then use the integer +positions for fast lookups during the walk. A consumer may load the following info for a commit from the graph: @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ have generation number represented by the macro GENERATION_NUMBER_ZERO = 0. Since the commit-graph file is closed under reachability, we can guarantee the following weaker condition on all commits: - If A and B are commits with generation numbers N amd M, respectively, + If A and B are commits with generation numbers N and M, respectively, and N < M, then A cannot reach B. Note how the strict inequality differs from the inequality when we have @@ -323,14 +323,14 @@ Related Links [0] https://bugs.chromium.org/p/git/issues/detail?id=8 Chromium work item for: Serialized Commit Graph -[1] https://public-inbox.org/git/20110713070517.GC18566@sigill.intra.peff.net/ +[1] https://lore.kernel.org/git/20110713070517.GC18566@sigill.intra.peff.net/ An abandoned patch that introduced generation numbers. -[2] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170908033403.q7e6dj7benasrjes@sigill.intra.peff.net/ +[2] https://lore.kernel.org/git/20170908033403.q7e6dj7benasrjes@sigill.intra.peff.net/ Discussion about generation numbers on commits and how they interact with fsck. -[3] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170908034739.4op3w4f2ma5s65ku@sigill.intra.peff.net/ +[3] https://lore.kernel.org/git/20170908034739.4op3w4f2ma5s65ku@sigill.intra.peff.net/ More discussion about generation numbers and not storing them inside commit objects. A valuable quote: @@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ Related Links commit objects (i.e., packv4 or something like the "metapacks" I proposed a few years ago)." -[4] https://public-inbox.org/git/20180108154822.54829-1-git@jeffhostetler.com/T/#u +[4] https://lore.kernel.org/git/20180108154822.54829-1-git@jeffhostetler.com/T/#u A patch to remove the ahead-behind calculation from 'status'. -[5] https://public-inbox.org/git/f27db281-abad-5043-6d71-cbb083b1c877@gmail.com/ +[5] https://lore.kernel.org/git/f27db281-abad-5043-6d71-cbb083b1c877@gmail.com/ A discussion of a "two-dimensional graph position" that can allow reading multiple commit-graph chains at the same time. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/hash-function-transition.txt b/Documentation/technical/hash-function-transition.txt index 2ae8fa470a..5b2db3be1e 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/hash-function-transition.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/hash-function-transition.txt @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ Until Git protocol gains SHA-256 support, using SHA-256 based storage on public-facing Git servers is strongly discouraged. Once Git protocol gains SHA-256 support, SHA-256 based servers are likely not to support SHA-1 compatibility, to avoid what may be a very expensive -hash reencode during clone and to encourage peers to modernize. +hash re-encode during clone and to encourage peers to modernize. The design described here allows fetches by SHA-1 clients of a personal SHA-256 repository because it's not much more difficult than @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ git --output-format=sha1 log abac87a^{sha1}..f787cac^{sha256} Choice of Hash -------------- -In early 2005, around the time that Git was written, Xiaoyun Wang, +In early 2005, around the time that Git was written, Xiaoyun Wang, Yiqun Lisa Yin, and Hongbo Yu announced an attack finding SHA-1 collisions in 2^69 operations. In August they published details. Luckily, no practical demonstrations of a collision in full SHA-1 were @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ adoption. Using hash functions in parallel ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -(e.g. https://public-inbox.org/git/22708.8913.864049.452252@chiark.greenend.org.uk/ ) +(e.g. https://lore.kernel.org/git/22708.8913.864049.452252@chiark.greenend.org.uk/ ) Objects newly created would be addressed by the new hash, but inside such an object (e.g. commit) it is still possible to address objects using the old hash function. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ bmwill@google.com, jonathantanmy@google.com, jrnieder@gmail.com, sbeller@google.com Initial version sent to -http://public-inbox.org/git/20170304011251.GA26789@aiede.mtv.corp.google.com +http://lore.kernel.org/git/20170304011251.GA26789@aiede.mtv.corp.google.com 2017-03-03 jrnieder@gmail.com Incorporated suggestions from jonathantanmy and sbeller: @@ -820,8 +820,8 @@ Later history: edits. This document history is no longer being maintained as it would now be superfluous to the commit log -[1] http://public-inbox.org/git/CA+55aFzJtejiCjV0e43+9oR3QuJK2PiFiLQemytoLpyJWe6P9w@mail.gmail.com/ -[2] http://public-inbox.org/git/CA+55aFz+gkAsDZ24zmePQuEs1XPS9BP_s8O7Q4wQ7LV7X5-oDA@mail.gmail.com/ -[3] http://public-inbox.org/git/20170306084353.nrns455dvkdsfgo5@sigill.intra.peff.net/ -[4] http://public-inbox.org/git/20170304224936.rqqtkdvfjgyezsht@genre.crustytoothpaste.net -[5] https://public-inbox.org/git/CAJo=hJtoX9=AyLHHpUJS7fueV9ciZ_MNpnEPHUz8Whui6g9F0A@mail.gmail.com/ +[1] http://lore.kernel.org/git/CA+55aFzJtejiCjV0e43+9oR3QuJK2PiFiLQemytoLpyJWe6P9w@mail.gmail.com/ +[2] http://lore.kernel.org/git/CA+55aFz+gkAsDZ24zmePQuEs1XPS9BP_s8O7Q4wQ7LV7X5-oDA@mail.gmail.com/ +[3] http://lore.kernel.org/git/20170306084353.nrns455dvkdsfgo5@sigill.intra.peff.net/ +[4] http://lore.kernel.org/git/20170304224936.rqqtkdvfjgyezsht@genre.crustytoothpaste.net +[5] https://lore.kernel.org/git/CAJo=hJtoX9=AyLHHpUJS7fueV9ciZ_MNpnEPHUz8Whui6g9F0A@mail.gmail.com/ diff --git a/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt b/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt index 7c4d67aa6a..faa25c5c52 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ The remaining data of each directory block is grouped by type: == End of Index Entry The End of Index Entry (EOIE) is used to locate the end of the variable - length index entries and the begining of the extensions. Code can take + length index entries and the beginning of the extensions. Code can take advantage of this to quickly locate the index extensions without having to parse through all of the index entries. @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ The remaining data of each directory block is grouped by type: - A number of index offset entries each consisting of: - - 32-bit offset from the begining of the file to the first cache entry + - 32-bit offset from the beginning of the file to the first cache entry in this block of entries. - 32-bit count of cache entries in this block diff --git a/Documentation/technical/multi-pack-index.txt b/Documentation/technical/multi-pack-index.txt index d7e57639f7..4e7631437a 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/multi-pack-index.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/multi-pack-index.txt @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Design Details directory of an alternate. It refers only to packfiles in that same directory. -- The pack.multiIndex config setting must be on to consume MIDX files. +- The core.multiPackIndex config setting must be on to consume MIDX files. - The file format includes parameters for the object ID hash function, so a future change of hash algorithm does not require @@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ Related Links [0] https://bugs.chromium.org/p/git/issues/detail?id=6 Chromium work item for: Multi-Pack Index (MIDX) -[1] https://public-inbox.org/git/20180107181459.222909-1-dstolee@microsoft.com/ +[1] https://lore.kernel.org/git/20180107181459.222909-1-dstolee@microsoft.com/ An earlier RFC for the multi-pack-index feature -[2] https://public-inbox.org/git/alpine.DEB.2.20.1803091557510.23109@alexmv-linux/ +[2] https://lore.kernel.org/git/alpine.DEB.2.20.1803091557510.23109@alexmv-linux/ Git Merge 2018 Contributor's summit notes (includes discussion of MIDX) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/pack-format.txt b/Documentation/technical/pack-format.txt index cab5bdd2ff..d3a142c652 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/pack-format.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/pack-format.txt @@ -315,10 +315,11 @@ CHUNK DATA: Stores two 4-byte values for every object. 1: The pack-int-id for the pack storing this object. 2: The offset within the pack. - If all offsets are less than 2^31, then the large offset chunk + If all offsets are less than 2^32, then the large offset chunk will not exist and offsets are stored as in IDX v1. If there is at least one offset value larger than 2^32-1, then - the large offset chunk must exist. If the large offset chunk + the large offset chunk must exist, and offsets larger than + 2^31-1 must be stored in it instead. If the large offset chunk exists and the 31st bit is on, then removing that bit reveals the row in the large offsets containing the 8-byte offset of this object. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt b/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt index c73e72de0e..d5ce4eea8a 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ update was successful, or 'ng [refname] [error]' if the update was not. command-ok = PKT-LINE("ok" SP refname) command-fail = PKT-LINE("ng" SP refname SP error-msg) - error-msg = 1*(OCTECT) ; where not "ok" + error-msg = 1*(OCTET) ; where not "ok" ---- Updates can be unsuccessful for a number of reasons. The reference can have diff --git a/Documentation/technical/partial-clone.txt b/Documentation/technical/partial-clone.txt index 210373e258..b9e17e7a28 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/partial-clone.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/partial-clone.txt @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ if/when needed. A remote that can later provide the missing objects is called a promisor remote, as it promises to send the objects when -requested. Initialy Git supported only one promisor remote, the origin +requested. Initially Git supported only one promisor remote, the origin remote from which the user cloned and that was configured in the "extensions.partialClone" config option. Later support for more than one promisor remote has been implemented. @@ -350,26 +350,26 @@ Related Links [0] https://crbug.com/git/2 Bug#2: Partial Clone -[1] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170113155253.1644-1-benpeart@microsoft.com/ + +[1] https://lore.kernel.org/git/20170113155253.1644-1-benpeart@microsoft.com/ + Subject: [RFC] Add support for downloading blobs on demand + Date: Fri, 13 Jan 2017 10:52:53 -0500 -[2] https://public-inbox.org/git/cover.1506714999.git.jonathantanmy@google.com/ + +[2] https://lore.kernel.org/git/cover.1506714999.git.jonathantanmy@google.com/ + Subject: [PATCH 00/18] Partial clone (from clone to lazy fetch in 18 patches) + Date: Fri, 29 Sep 2017 13:11:36 -0700 -[3] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170426221346.25337-1-jonathantanmy@google.com/ + +[3] https://lore.kernel.org/git/20170426221346.25337-1-jonathantanmy@google.com/ + Subject: Proposal for missing blob support in Git repos + Date: Wed, 26 Apr 2017 15:13:46 -0700 -[4] https://public-inbox.org/git/1488999039-37631-1-git-send-email-git@jeffhostetler.com/ + +[4] https://lore.kernel.org/git/1488999039-37631-1-git-send-email-git@jeffhostetler.com/ + Subject: [PATCH 00/10] RFC Partial Clone and Fetch + Date: Wed, 8 Mar 2017 18:50:29 +0000 -[5] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170505152802.6724-1-benpeart@microsoft.com/ + +[5] https://lore.kernel.org/git/20170505152802.6724-1-benpeart@microsoft.com/ + Subject: [PATCH v7 00/10] refactor the filter process code into a reusable module + Date: Fri, 5 May 2017 11:27:52 -0400 -[6] https://public-inbox.org/git/20170714132651.170708-1-benpeart@microsoft.com/ + +[6] https://lore.kernel.org/git/20170714132651.170708-1-benpeart@microsoft.com/ + Subject: [RFC/PATCH v2 0/1] Add support for downloading blobs on demand + Date: Fri, 14 Jul 2017 09:26:50 -0400 diff --git a/Documentation/technical/protocol-v2.txt b/Documentation/technical/protocol-v2.txt index 40f91f6b1e..7e3766cafb 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/protocol-v2.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/protocol-v2.txt @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ A `fetch` request can take the following arguments: ofs-delta Indicate that the client understands PACKv2 with delta referring to its base by position in pack rather than by an oid. That is, - they can read OBJ_OFS_DELTA (ake type 6) in a packfile. + they can read OBJ_OFS_DELTA (aka type 6) in a packfile. If the 'shallow' feature is advertised the following arguments can be included in the clients request as well as the potential addition of the diff --git a/Documentation/technical/racy-git.txt b/Documentation/technical/racy-git.txt index 4a8be4d144..ceda4bbfda 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/racy-git.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/racy-git.txt @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tglx/history.git only fixes the issue for file systems with exactly 1 ns or 1 s resolution. Other file systems are still broken in current Linux kernels (e.g. CEPH, CIFS, NTFS, UDF), see -https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/6/9/714 +https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/5577240D.7020309@gmail.com/ Racy Git -------- diff --git a/Documentation/technical/rerere.txt b/Documentation/technical/rerere.txt index aa22d7ace8..af5f9fc24f 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/rerere.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/rerere.txt @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ early A became C or B, a late X became Y or Z". We can see there are 4 combinations of ("B or C", "C or B") x ("X or Y", "Y or X"). By sorting, the conflict is given its canonical name, namely, "an -early part became B or C, a late part becames X or Y", and whenever +early part became B or C, a late part became X or Y", and whenever any of these four patterns appear, and we can get to the same conflict and resolution that we saw earlier. diff --git a/Documentation/urls.txt b/Documentation/urls.txt index bc354fe2dc..1c229d7581 100644 --- a/Documentation/urls.txt +++ b/Documentation/urls.txt @@ -53,6 +53,9 @@ These two syntaxes are mostly equivalent, except the former implies --local option. endif::git-clone[] +'git clone', 'git fetch' and 'git pull', but not 'git push', will also +accept a suitable bundle file. See linkgit:git-bundle[1]. + When Git doesn't know how to handle a certain transport protocol, it attempts to use the 'remote-<transport>' remote helper, if one exists. To explicitly request a remote helper, the following syntax diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual.txt b/Documentation/user-manual.txt index 06bd8994ee..833652983f 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual.txt +++ b/Documentation/user-manual.txt @@ -4574,5 +4574,5 @@ Write a chapter on using plumbing and writing scripts. Alternates, clone -reference, etc. More on recovery from repository corruption. See: - http://marc.info/?l=git&m=117263864820799&w=2 - http://marc.info/?l=git&m=117147855503798&w=2 + https://lore.kernel.org/git/Pine.LNX.4.64.0702272039540.12485@woody.linux-foundation.org/ + https://lore.kernel.org/git/Pine.LNX.4.64.0702141033400.3604@woody.linux-foundation.org/ |